Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2016163174A1 - Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016163174A1
WO2016163174A1 PCT/JP2016/056082 JP2016056082W WO2016163174A1 WO 2016163174 A1 WO2016163174 A1 WO 2016163174A1 JP 2016056082 W JP2016056082 W JP 2016056082W WO 2016163174 A1 WO2016163174 A1 WO 2016163174A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
pattern
sensitive
resin composition
forming method
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/056082
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
錦 藤巻
三千紘 白川
杉山 真一
慶 山本
直也 井口
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2017511493A priority Critical patent/JPWO2016163174A1/en
Publication of WO2016163174A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016163174A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an etching method using the same, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, a manufacturing process such as a MEMS, and a photolithographic lithography process. The present invention also relates to an etching method using the same. In particular, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in KrF, ArF exposure apparatus and ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, and an etching method using the same. And a method of manufacturing an electronic device including the same.
  • FIGS. 1 to 7 of Patent Document 1 As is known, a method of forming a multi-stage structure in a photoresist layer is known.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a multistage resist pattern (for example, a pattern in which a line pattern is laminated on a hole pattern) with reduced defects, and an etching method using the same. To do.
  • the present invention has the following configuration, which solves the above-described problems of the present invention.
  • a step of forming the first pattern on the substrate by performing the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) in this order;
  • (I-1) a step of forming a first film on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1)
  • (i-2) a step of exposing the first film i-3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form the first pattern
  • (iii) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive at least on the first pattern Forming a second film using the resin composition (2);
  • V exposing the second film; and
  • a pattern forming method comprising: A pattern in which at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin containing a repeating unit having a Si atom.
  • the content of the resin including the repeating unit having the Si atom is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Pattern formation method [3] The pattern forming method according to [1] or [2], wherein the content of Si atoms in the resin containing repeating units having Si atoms is 1.0 to 30% by mass.
  • the developer used in the step (vi) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin that increases in polarity by the action of an acid and decreases in solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent. [9] The pattern forming method according to any one of [9]. [11] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases, [10] The pattern forming method according to any one of [10]. [12] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [11], further including a heating step (ii) between the step (i) and the step (iii).
  • the pattern forming method according to 1. Any one of [1] to [15], wherein the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are the same.
  • the pattern forming method according to 1. [18] An etching method in which an etching process is performed on the substrate using the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [17] as a mask. [19] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [18].
  • 1A to 1E are schematic perspective views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
  • 2A to 2E are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
  • the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. Drawing with particle beams such as ion beams is also included in the exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes: (I) a step of forming the first pattern on the substrate by performing the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) in this order; (I-1) Step of forming a first film on the substrate by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (i-2) Step of exposing the first film (i- 3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form a first pattern (iii) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) on at least the first pattern ) To form the second film using (V) exposing the second film; and (Vi) a step of developing the exposed second film using a developer to form a second pattern on at least the first pattern; In this order, at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains
  • the reason why the multistage resist pattern with reduced defects can be easily formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is estimated as follows.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes at least patterning by step (i) (steps (i-1) to (i-3)) and patterning by steps (iii), (v) and (vi). Contains two times of patterning.
  • the second pattern formed by the steps (iii), (v) and (vi) is obtained from the second film formed on the first pattern formed by the step (i). Therefore, the size and shape of the first pattern and the size and shape of the second pattern can be designed independently of each other. Therefore, for example, a pattern having a multistage structure in which a line pattern (second pattern) is stacked on a hole pattern (first pattern) can be formed.
  • At least one of actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1), (2) contains resin containing the repeating unit which has Si atom. Since the resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms has high solubility in a developing solution, generation of defects is suppressed.
  • each of the step (i), the step (iii), the step (v) and the step (vi) can be performed by a generally known method.
  • FIGS. 1A to 1E are schematic perspective views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
  • 2A to 2E are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
  • the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2), and the following step (i-) are performed on the substrate 10. 3) are performed in this order, and, for example, the first pattern 51 having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction is formed (step (i)).
  • (I-1) Step of forming a first film on the substrate by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1)
  • the substrate on which the first film is formed is not particularly limited, and is an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 or SiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG, a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a liquid crystal, a thermal A substrate generally used in a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a head, and also in other photo-fabrication lithography processes can be used. Furthermore, if necessary, an underlayer film such as an antireflection film may be formed between the first film and the substrate. As the lower layer film, an organic antireflection film, an inorganic antireflection film, and the like can be appropriately selected.
  • the underlayer film material is available from Brewer Science, Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Examples of the lower layer film suitable for the process of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent include the lower layer film described in International Patent Publication No. 2012/039337.
  • the method of forming the first film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) typically comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the material (1) can be applied on the substrate, and as a coating method, a conventionally known spin coating method, spray method, roller coating method, dipping method or the like can be used.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is applied.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) will be described later in detail.
  • the thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 1500 nm, more preferably 50 to 1500 nm, and still more preferably 60 to 1500 nm.
  • the thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 500 nm, preferably 60 to 300 nm. More preferably it is.
  • the thickness of the first film is preferably 200 to 1500 nm, and preferably 300 to 1200 nm. It is more preferable that the thickness is 300 to 1000 nm.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (i-1) and the step (i-2).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (i-2) and the step (i-3).
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • At least one of the preheating step and the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
  • the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure apparatus is not limited, but examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams.
  • far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like, preferably KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam.
  • Step (i-2) may include a plurality of exposure steps.
  • the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV
  • irradiate that is, expose
  • active light or radiation through a mask.
  • a hole pattern mask (not shown) having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction can be used as the light shielding portion.
  • the mask used in the step (i-2) is not limited to this, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the first pattern. It is also possible to use a mask having a line-and-space pattern having a space part as a transmissive part and having a ratio of the width of the line part to the width of the space part of 1: 1.
  • an immersion exposure method may be applied.
  • the immersion exposure method is a technique for increasing the resolving power and performing exposure by filling a space between a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”).
  • immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as phase shift method and modified illumination method.
  • the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the first film. It is preferable to use water from the viewpoint of easy availability and ease of handling.
  • an additive liquid that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
  • This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is further provided as necessary. Can be added.
  • the receding contact angle of the first film is preferably 60 ° to 90 °, more preferably 70 ° or more.
  • the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head scanning the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern, so that the dynamic state is reached.
  • the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film (first film) is important. For this reason, the resist is required to have the capability of following the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without any remaining droplets.
  • the first film is not directly brought into contact with the immersion liquid between the first film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) of the present invention and the immersion liquid. Therefore, an immersion liquid hardly soluble film (hereinafter, also referred to as “top coat”) may be provided.
  • functions necessary for the top coat include suitability for application to the resist upper layer, transparency to radiation, particularly radiation having a wavelength of 193 nm, and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the resist and can be uniformly applied to the resist upper layer. From the viewpoint of transparency at 193 nm, the topcoat is preferably a polymer that does not contain aromatics.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) is also suitable as a top coat.
  • the optical lens is contaminated. Therefore, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
  • a developer When peeling the top coat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having a small penetration into the first film is preferable. It is preferable that the peeling process can be carried out with an alkali developer in that the peeling process can be performed simultaneously with the development process of the first film.
  • the top coat is preferably acidic from the viewpoint of peeling with an alkali developer, but may be neutral or alkaline from the viewpoint of non-intermixability with the first film. There is preferably no or small difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. In this case, the resolution can be improved.
  • the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm)
  • the top coat for ArF immersion exposure is close to the refractive index of water (1.44).
  • a topcoat is a thin film from a viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
  • the top coat is not mixed with the first film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid.
  • the solvent used for the topcoat is preferably a water-insoluble medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used for the resin composition in the present invention.
  • the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
  • the developer in the step of developing the first film with a developer to form the first pattern includes a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter referred to as an organic developer). Or an alkaline developer may be used. From the viewpoint that a fine negative pattern can be formed, it is preferable to use an organic developer.
  • an organic developer polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, Examples thereof include butyl lactate, propyl lactate, and butyl butanoate.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butano It can be mentioned glycol ether solvents such as Le.
  • ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, phenetole, dibutyl ether and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, and undecane.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the content of the organic solvent with respect to the organic developer is preferably more than 50% by mass and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. Preferably, it is 90 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-
  • Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone.
  • Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc.
  • Ester solvents alcohol solvents such as n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol , Glycol solvents such as triethylene glycol, and glycols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol Ether solvents, ether solvents such as phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl- - pyrrolidone, N, N- dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, oc
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos.
  • a nonionic surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant is usually used.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • a nitrogen-containing compound amine or the like
  • an organic developer as in the invention according to the claim of Japanese Patent No. 5056974 can be preferably used.
  • alkali developer examples include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, diethylamine, Secondary amines such as di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, and fourth amines such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide Alkaline aqueous solutions such as cyclic amines such as quaternary ammonium salts, pyrrole, and pihelidine can be used.
  • inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia
  • primary amines such as
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the surfactant include those described above.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed between step (i-3) and step (iii) (when step (ii) described later is performed, between step (i-3) and step (ii)). That is, it is preferable to include a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step) after the step of developing with a developing solution.
  • the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved.
  • a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol.
  • Tert-butyl alcohol 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent used in the rinsing step is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, or undecane, and more preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 10 or more carbon atoms such as undecane. Is more preferable.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C., more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and most preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C., more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and most preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less.
  • the rinsing liquid water or an aqueous solution may be used, and pure water is preferable.
  • a surfactant may be added to the aqueous rinse solution.
  • the cleaning method in the rinsing step is not particularly limited.
  • a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), a substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid Can be applied for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), etc.
  • a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and the substrate is washed at 2000 rpm or more after cleaning. It is preferable to rotate at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • a heating step (ii) may be further performed between the step (i-3) and the step (iii) described in detail later. .
  • the solvent resistance of the first pattern formed in the step (i-3) can be further improved, and in the subsequent step (iii), the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin is formed on the first pattern.
  • the temperature in this heating step is preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 170 ° C. or higher.
  • the said temperature is normally made into 240 degrees C or less.
  • the heating time in this heating step is about 30 to 120 seconds. It is preferable that the heating step be performed in such a temperature range and time, since it is considered that the decomposition residue of the organic matter volatilizes and becomes insoluble in the solvent.
  • the present invention does not exclude applying a known freezing material to the first pattern 51 or the first pattern 52.
  • a resist film (second film) is formed on the first pattern 52 by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2).
  • Film) 60 is formed (step (iii)).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) will be described in detail later.
  • the second film 60 may be formed at least on the film portion of the first pattern 52, and the film portion of the first pattern 52 on the substrate 10 is formed.
  • the second film 60 may or may not be formed in the region that has not been formed.
  • the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is typically an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. It can be carried out by applying (2).
  • the step (iii) if the second film 60 is not formed on the substrate 10 in the region where the film portion of the first pattern 52 is not formed, the work may be complicated. Therefore, in the step (iii), as shown in FIG. 2C, the second film 60 is also formed in the region where the film portion of the first pattern 52 on the substrate 10 is not formed. preferable.
  • the second film 60 may be formed not only on the entire surface of the film portion of the first pattern 52 but only on a part of the surface of the film portion of the first pattern 52. Good.
  • the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is the same as the step (i-1) in which the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin is formed. This is the same as the method for forming the first film using the composition (1).
  • the preferable range of the thickness of the second film is the same as that described as the preferable range of the thickness of the first film.
  • the film thickness of the second film may be the same as or different from the film thickness of the first film.
  • the film thickness of the second film here means the film thickness of the second film formed on the first pattern, and the film portion of the first pattern on the substrate is formed.
  • the second film formed in a non-existing region is not considered.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (iii) and the step (v). Moreover, it is also preferable that the pattern formation method of this invention includes the post-exposure heating process (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the process (v) and the process (vi).
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • At least one of the preheating step and the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
  • the second film 60 is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (that is, exposed) to obtain an exposed second film 60 (step (v)).
  • actinic rays or radiation that is, exposed
  • the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV
  • the mask pattern in the mask of the step (v) is not particularly limited, but in this embodiment, a mask different from the mask used in the step (i-2) is used.
  • the mask has a line-and-space pattern having a line part as a light-shielding part and a space part as a light transmission part, and the ratio of the width of the line part to the width of the space part is 1: 1.
  • a mask (not shown) is used in such a state that the light shielding portion of the mask covers each of the hole portions of the first pattern 52.
  • the mask in step (v) is not limited to the above-described mask, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the second pattern.
  • the same method as described in the exposure in step (i-2) can be employed.
  • the exposure light source in step (v) is preferably the same as the exposure light source in step (i-2).
  • the exposed second film 60 is developed using a developing solution to form a second pattern 61 as shown in FIGS. 1D and 2D (step (vi)).
  • the developer in the step (vi) the same organic developer and alkali developer as described in the step (i-3) can be used, and an organic developer is preferably used.
  • the second film 60 is formed on at least the first pattern 52. Therefore, in the step (vi), the second pattern 61 is similarly formed on at least the first pattern 52.
  • the present embodiment as shown in FIG. 1D and FIG. 2D, a space portion is positioned on the hole portion on the hole pattern (first pattern 52) having a plurality of hole portions, and the holes are formed. A line and space pattern (second pattern 61) is formed so that the portion is exposed.
  • a multistage resist pattern having a multistage structure including the first pattern 52 that is a hole pattern and the second pattern 61 that is a line and space pattern is formed on the substrate 10. Needless to say, the multistage resist pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the pattern formation method of this invention includes the process (rinsing process) wash
  • the rinse liquid in this case, the above-described rinse liquid can be used.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (ii) ′ after the step (vi), that is, after the step of developing using a developer.
  • the heating step (ii) ′ is preferably performed after the step (vi) and before an etching process described later. What was demonstrated in the heating process (ii) mentioned above can be employ
  • etching is performed on the substrate 10 using the pattern formed as described above (that is, a multistage resist pattern including the first pattern 52 and the second pattern 61) as a mask.
  • FIG. 2E the substrate 10 in which positions corresponding to the hole portions of the first pattern 52 and the space portions of the second pattern 61 are perforated is obtained.
  • a known etching process for example, a dry etching process
  • the method for the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and any known method can be used, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate.
  • Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like can be performed.
  • the first pattern in the present embodiment described above may be formed by patterning the resist film twice or more.
  • the step (i) of forming the first pattern includes a plurality of pattern formation steps including the step (i-1), the step (i-2), and the step (i-3) in this order. It may be included (this form is also referred to as a modified example hereinafter).
  • a plurality of pattern forming steps may further include a heating step between two successive pattern forming steps.
  • a first pattern is formed on the substrate as, for example, A line and space pattern (not shown) having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
  • a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed, whereby the solvent resistance of the line and space pattern can be further improved.
  • a heating step a so-called freezing step
  • the solvent resistance of the line and space pattern can be further improved.
  • the first pattern for example, a line and space pattern having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
  • the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation process and the line and space pattern formed in the subsequent pattern formation process are formed on the substrate.
  • a 1: 1 first pattern is formed.
  • a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed.
  • pattern formation method of this invention can be implemented by performing the process demonstrated after FIG.1 (c) and FIG.2 (c) with respect to the 1st pattern obtained in this way.
  • the pattern forming method and the etching method according to the embodiment of the present invention have been described.
  • the present invention it is possible to form multi-stage patterns having various shapes on a substrate by etching or the like.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to, for example, a dual damascene process for forming a multistage pattern.
  • the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is applied to a spacer process core material (core) as disclosed in JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509. Is also possible. Furthermore, it can be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (for example, refer to ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823). In addition, application to various uses is possible.
  • core spacer process core material
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above.
  • the manufactured electronic device is preferably mounted on an electric / electronic device (home appliance, OA / media related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a resist composition, and preferably a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the chemically amplified resist composition may be a cross-linked resist composition in which the solubility of the resist film in the developer is changed by a cross-linking reaction, or an acid in which the solubility of the resist film in the developer is changed by an acid decomposition reaction.
  • a decomposable resist composition may be used.
  • the cross-linked resist composition typically contains an alkali-soluble resin, a cross-linking agent, and a photoacid generator.
  • the acid-decomposable resist composition typically contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer, and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the resin composition (1) is preferably an acid-decomposable resist composition.
  • each component contained in the resin composition (1) will be described.
  • Resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid and changes in solubility in a developer includes, for example, the main chain or side chain of the resin, Alternatively, a resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin” having a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in both the main chain and the side chain. (A) ").
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
  • Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group (alcoholic means that it does not show acidity like a so-called phenolic hydroxyl group), and a sulfonic acid group.
  • a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
  • Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by exposure with KrF light or EUV light, or electron beam irradiation, it is also preferable to use an acid-decomposable group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected with an acid leaving group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • this repeating unit include the following.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure. The ring structure may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
  • the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
  • the alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group for X a1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group. Are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • the resin (A) When the composition of the present invention is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (for example, EUV) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a hydroxystyrene repeating unit. It is preferable. More preferably, the resin (A) is a copolymer of hydroxystyrene and hydroxystyrene protected with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or hydroxystyrene and a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester. It is a copolymer. Specific examples of such a resin include a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
  • R 01 , R 02 and R 03 each independently represent, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group, for example.
  • R 03 and Ar 1 are alkylene groups, and they may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring together with the —C—C— chain.
  • n Y's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of Y represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.
  • the alkyl group as R 01 to R 03 is, for example, an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, or a hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group or dodecyl group. More preferably, these alkyl groups are alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms. In addition, these alkyl groups may have a substituent. As the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group, the same alkyl groups as those described above for R 01 to R 03 are preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group are exemplified.
  • these cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, or an octylene group.
  • the aromatic ring group as Ar 1 preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a toluene ring, and a naphthalene ring. In addition, these aromatic ring groups may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the group Y leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ). ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) or And a group represented by —CH (R 36 ) (Ar).
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group are mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, ⁇ -pinanyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, A tetracyclododecyl group and an androstanyl group are mentioned.
  • a part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , or Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group are preferable.
  • the alkenyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group. .
  • the ring that R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, and a cyclooctane structure.
  • the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tetracyclododecane structure. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the ring structure may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. Each of the above groups may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • group Y leaving by the action of an acid a structure represented by the following general formula (B) is more preferable.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an aromatic ring group, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, or an aldehyde group.
  • these cycloaliphatic groups and aromatic ring groups may contain a hetero atom.
  • at least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the alkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, and An octyl group is mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
  • the divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group), cycloalkylene group (for example, cyclopentylene group or cyclohexylene group). ), Alkenylene group (for example, ethylene group, propenylene group or butenylene group), arylene group (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group or naphthylene group), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, — N (R 0 ) — or a combination of two or more thereof.
  • alkylene group for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group
  • cycloalkylene group for example, cyclopentylene group or cyclohexylene group.
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group as R 0 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as Q are the same as the above-described groups as L 1 and L 2 .
  • Examples of the cyclic aliphatic group or aromatic ring group as Q include the cycloalkyl group and aryl group as L 1 and L 2 described above. These cycloalkyl group and aryl group are preferably groups having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloaliphatic group or aromatic ring group containing a hetero atom as Q include thiirane, cyclothiolane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, And groups having a heterocyclic structure such as thiazole and pyrrolidone.
  • the ring is not limited to these as long as it is a ring formed of carbon and a heteroatom, or a ring formed only of a heteroatom.
  • Examples of the ring structure that can be formed by bonding at least two of Q, M, and L 1 to each other include a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure in which these form a propylene group or a butylene group.
  • This 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure contains an oxygen atom.
  • Each group represented by L 1 , L 2 , M and Q in the general formula (B) may have a substituent.
  • this substituent include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • the group represented by — (MQ) is preferably a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents 0 or a positive integer.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
  • Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
  • One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the combination is not particularly limited.
  • (3) Decomposed by the action of an acid
  • a combination of two types of repeating units that generate a carboxyl group (having different structures) can be considered.
  • the preferable combination in the case of (3) is illustrated for reference.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) is not particularly limited.
  • the lower limit of the unit is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 25 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more. .
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure. Specific examples are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably from 3 to 25 mol% based on all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 15 mol%.
  • Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less.
  • content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) further has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and / or an aromatic ring structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group), and has a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. be able to.
  • the content of this repeating unit is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • At least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms.
  • the repeating unit having Si atoms in the case where the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms will be described.
  • the repeating unit having Si atoms is not particularly limited as long as it has Si atoms.
  • a silane repeating unit (—SiR 2 —: R 2 is an organic group)
  • a siloxane repeating unit (—SiR 2 —O—: R 2 is an organic group)
  • a (meth) acrylate repeating unit having a Si atom and vinyl-based repeating units having Si atoms.
  • the repeating unit having a Si atom preferably has a silsesquioxane structure.
  • it may have a silsesquioxane structure in a main chain or in a side chain, it is preferable to have in a side chain.
  • the silsesquioxane structure include a cage-type silsesquioxane structure, a ladder-type silsesquioxane structure (ladder-type silsesquioxane structure), a random-type silsesquioxane structure, and the like. Of these, a cage-type silsesquioxane structure is preferable.
  • the cage silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a cage structure.
  • the cage silsesquioxane structure may be a complete cage silsesquioxane structure or an incomplete cage silsesquioxane structure, but may be a complete cage silsesquioxane structure.
  • the ladder-type silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a ladder-like skeleton.
  • the random silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a random skeleton.
  • the cage silsesquioxane structure is preferably a siloxane structure represented by the following formula (S).
  • R represents a monovalent organic group.
  • a plurality of R may be the same or different.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a mercapto group, and a blocked mercapto group (for example, blocked (protected) with an acyl group).
  • Mercapto groups acyl groups, imide groups, phosphino groups, phosphinyl groups, silyl groups, vinyl groups, hydrocarbon groups optionally having heteroatoms, (meth) acryl group-containing groups and epoxy group-containing groups. Can be mentioned.
  • halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom etc.
  • hetero atom of the hydrocarbon group that may have a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom.
  • hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group that may have a hetero atom include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group in which these are combined.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include a linear or branched alkyl group (particularly 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkenyl group (particularly 2 to 30 carbon atoms), Examples thereof include a linear or branched alkynyl group (particularly 2 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the repeating unit having a Si atom is preferably represented by the following formula (I).
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • L is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the alkyl group which may have substituents such as a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group
  • a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group are preferable.
  • A represents a Si-containing group. Of these, a group represented by the following formula (a) or (b) is preferable.
  • R represents a monovalent organic group.
  • a plurality of R may be the same or different. Specific examples and preferred embodiments of R are the same as those in the above formula (S).
  • a in the formula (I) is a group represented by the formula (a)
  • the formula (I) is represented by the following formula (Ia).
  • R b represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom.
  • Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom are the same as R in the above-described formula (S).
  • the resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms may contain a repeating unit having two or more kinds of Si atoms.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an Si atom with respect to all the repeating units of the resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
  • the content of Si atoms in the resin is preferably 1.0 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3.0 to 30 and even more preferably 5.0 to 30.
  • the form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
  • the resin (A) used for the resin composition (1) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • the resin (A) preferably does not contain a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the resin (D).
  • the resin (A) used in the resin composition (1) is preferably one in which all the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (A) When the resin composition (1) is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring. May be.
  • the repeating unit having an aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is also exemplified in the above description of each repeating unit, but a styrene unit, a hydroxystyrene unit, a phenyl (meth) acrylate unit, a hydroxyphenyl (meth) acrylate. Examples include units.
  • the resin (A) is a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit and a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected by an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having the aromatic ring, and (meth) Examples thereof include a resin having a repeating unit in which the carboxylic acid moiety of acrylic acid is protected by an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a protective group that easily undergoes acid decomposition.
  • repeating unit examples include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ) or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) ( A compound represented by OR 39 ) (a structure commonly referred to as an acetal type protecting group) is preferred.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized and purified according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is generally 1000 or more, preferably 7,000 to 200,000, more preferably 7,000 to 50, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 7,000, even more preferably 7,000 to 40,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 30,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is 7000 or more, it is possible to prevent the solubility in the organic developer from becoming too high, and it is easy to form a precise pattern.
  • the degree of dispersion is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0. Those in the range are used.
  • the smaller the molecular weight distribution the better the resolution and the resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
  • the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the entire composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
  • resin (A) the composition ratio of repeating units is a molar ratio
  • the present invention is not limited to these.
  • supported by resin (A) is also illustrated.
  • the resin exemplified below is an example of a resin that can be suitably used particularly during EUV exposure or electron beam exposure.
  • the composition ratio of the repeating units is a molar ratio.
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • iBu represents an isobutyl group
  • TMS represents a trimethylsilyl group.
  • Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation Resin composition (1) is usually a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generation”. Also referred to as “agent”.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • photo-initiator of photocation polymerization photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc.
  • the known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
  • Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
  • acid generators particularly preferred examples are given below.
  • the acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, [0200] to [0210] of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-100595A, and WO2011 / 093280 [ [0051] to [0058], [0382] to [0385] of International Publication No. 2008/153110, and the like.
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) usually contains a solvent.
  • the solvent that can be used in preparing the resin composition (1) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, and cyclic lactones (preferably Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms and optionally having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate. Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
  • a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed and used.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate, an alcohol solvent or the like is preferable.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • MIBC methyl isobutyl carbinol
  • MIBC methyl isobutyl carbinol
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate
  • ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • organic solvents that do not contain a hydroxyl group in the structure can be used together.
  • this combination include PGMEA and cyclohexanone, PGMEA and cyclopentanone, PGMEA and ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA and 2-heptanone, and the like.
  • the mixing ratio (mass) is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • Examples of the combinations include PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ cyclohexanone, PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ 2-heptanone, PGMEA ⁇ cyclohexanone ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone ⁇ 2-heptanone, and the like.
  • the solvent it is preferable to use a solvent having a reduced peroxide content, thereby improving the storage stability of the resist composition.
  • the content of the peroxide in the solvent is preferably 2.0 mmol% or less, more preferably 1.0 mmol% or less, still more preferably 0.5 mmol% or less, and the peroxide. It is particularly preferable that substantially no is contained.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be included for various purposes even when the resin composition (1) is not applied to immersion exposure.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) when applying the resin composition (1) to EUV exposure, it is also preferable to use the hydrophobic resin (D) in anticipation of outgas suppression and pattern shape adjustment.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the resin composition (1). More preferably, it is 0.1 to 7% by mass.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D),
  • the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below.
  • the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
  • the resin composition (1) preferably contains a basic compound.
  • the resin composition (1) has a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (N)”) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to contain.
  • the compound (N) is preferably a compound (N-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (N) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation.
  • An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the compound (N) include the following compounds.
  • examples of the compound (N) include the compounds (A-1) to (A-44) described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US patent applications.
  • the compounds (A-1) to (A-23) described in JP 2012/0156617 A can also be preferably used in the present invention.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (N) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
  • the resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N) is based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.1 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the resin composition (1) is a basic compound (N) different from the compound (N) as a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating. ') May be included.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound (N ′) include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A ′) to (E ′).
  • RA 200 , RA 201 and RA 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number of 6 to 20), and RA 201 and RA 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • RA 203 , RA 204 , RA 205 and RA 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • alkyl group having a substituent examples include an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a cyanoalkyl group is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Specific examples of the basic compound (N ′) include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable specific examples include an imidazole structure.
  • Diazabicyclo structure onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, aniline structure or pyridine structure compound, alkylamine derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, aniline derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond Etc.
  • Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4, 0] Undecaker 7-ene and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) Examples include sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having an onium carboxylate structure are compounds in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate.
  • Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine.
  • Examples of the compound having an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like.
  • alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine.
  • aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Specific examples thereof include, but are not limited to, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in [0066] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0224539. Absent.
  • the resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N ′), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N ′) is determined based on the solid content of the resin composition (1).
  • the reference is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) is a nitrogen-containing organic compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “basic compound (N ′′)) as one type of basic compound. May also be included.
  • basic compound (N ′′) an acid
  • this compound for example, specific examples of the compound are shown below.
  • the above compound can be synthesized, for example, according to the method described in JP-A-2009-199021.
  • the molecular weight of the basic compound (N ′′) is preferably 250 to 2000, and more preferably 400 to 1000. From the viewpoint of further reduction in LWR and uniformity of local pattern dimensions, the molecular weight of the basic compound is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and even more preferably 600 or more. . These basic compounds (N ′′) may be used in combination with the compound (N), or are used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin composition (1) in the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N ′′), but when it is contained, the amount of the basic compound (N ′′) used is the resin composition. Based on the solid content of (1), it is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain an onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound.
  • This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
  • Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom.
  • the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
  • the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • As the sulfonium cation for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
  • the structure demonstrated in the compound (B) can also be mentioned preferably.
  • a specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
  • the resin composition (1) may or may not contain the onium salt, but when it is contained, the content of the onium salt is 0 based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.001 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the resin composition (1) is a compound included in the formula (I) of JP2012-189977A, and the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A as a basic compound.
  • a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2013-8020A a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2012-252124A, and the like.
  • a compound having both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure (hereinafter also referred to as a betaine compound) may be contained.
  • the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable.
  • the acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
  • the resin composition (1) may or may not contain the betaine compound, but when it is contained, the content of the betaine compound is 0 based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.001 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the resin composition (1) may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom) It is more preferable to contain any one of these or 2 or more types.
  • the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, it is possible to provide a resist pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It becomes.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant examples include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • Fluorard FC430, 431, 4430 (Sumitomo 3M) ), Megafuck Series (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Troisol S-366 (Troy Chemical ( GF-300, GF-150 (manufactured by Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-top EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351 , EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (Co., Ltd.) Made mu
  • surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method).
  • a surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used.
  • the fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass based on the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), More preferably, it is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent) the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased. Can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt.
  • carboxylic acid onium salts include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0605] to [0606].
  • the content is generally 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). 5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 7% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a so-called acid proliferating agent as necessary.
  • the acid proliferating agent is particularly preferably used when performing the pattern forming method of the present invention by EUV exposure or electron beam irradiation. Although it does not specifically limit as a specific example of an acid multiplication agent, For example, the following is mentioned.
  • the resin composition (1) may further include a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a molecular weight of 1000).
  • a dye for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a photosensitizer for example, a photosensitizer
  • a light absorber for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • an alkali-soluble resin for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a dissolution inhibitor for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a compound that promotes solubility in a developer for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • phenol compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group, and the like can be contained.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (2)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
  • the resin composition (2) can similarly contain the above-described components that the resin composition (1) can contain, and the preferred range of the content of each component relative to the total amount of the resin composition (2) is also This is the same as that described in the resin composition (1).
  • the solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is usually 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, preferably 1.5 to 30.0% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 30%. 0.0% by mass.
  • the solid content concentrations of the resin compositions (1) and (2) are 1.0 to 12.
  • the content is preferably 0% by mass, and more preferably 2.0 to 9.0% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is 6.0 to 30.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Resin compositions (1) and (2) are used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) are preferably the same.
  • the intermix between the two is considered to be less likely to cause a problem when the first pattern is formed in step (i-3) and then thermosetting (heating) is performed as in the heating step (ii).
  • this does not preclude resist design in consideration of intermix problems.
  • a solvent contained in the resin composition (2) a solvent that dissolves the resin of the resin composition (2) but does not dissolve the resin of the resin composition (1). It is possible to choose.
  • the solvent contained in the resin composition (2) includes the solvents mentioned above as the rinse liquid containing an organic solvent. Preferable examples can be given.
  • At least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms. It is preferable that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom because it is more excellent in reducing defects. In addition, because of its excellent pattern shape, both the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contain repeating units having Si atoms. It is preferable that resin is included.
  • both the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contain a repeating unit having an Si atom
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive property The Si atom content in the resin in the resin composition (1) is preferably smaller than the Si atom content in the resin in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2).
  • Resins in Table 4 are as shown in the following structural formulas and Table 5.
  • the resin was synthesized as follows. (Synthesis Example (Synthesis of Resin A-1)) Under a nitrogen stream, 60.7 g of cyclohexanone was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 80 ° C.
  • the precipitated powder is collected by filtration and dried to yield the following resin A-1 (18.6 g), which is an acid-decomposable resin. Obtained.
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units determined from the NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) method was 5/75/20.
  • the obtained resin A-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 20000 in terms of standard polystyrene and a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 1.7.
  • Synthesis Example Synthesis of Resins A-2 to 32
  • Resins A-2 to 32 were synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of Resin A-1, except that in the synthesis of Resin A-1, the monomers used and the amounts used were changed.
  • composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the repeating units in resins A-2 to A32 are shown below.
  • TMS, TES, Et, and iBu represent a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, an ethyl group, and an isobutyl group, respectively.
  • the surfactants in Table 4 are as follows.
  • W-1 Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine-based)
  • W-2 Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC; fluorine and silicon)
  • W-3 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
  • W-4 Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • W-5 KH-20 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)
  • W-6 PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system)
  • ARC29SR (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for antireflection film was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm.
  • a resin composition (1) shown in Table 6 below was applied thereon, and a first heating (PB1) was performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a first film having a thickness of 270 nm.
  • PB1 first heating
  • the following resin (topcoat resin) was 2.5% by mass
  • the polyethylene glycol compound shown below was 0.5% by mass
  • 4-methyl-2-pentanol solvent was 7% by mass.
  • a top coat layer having a thickness of 100 nm was formed on the resist film (first film) using a top coat composition containing 90% by mass of 1-butanol solvent.
  • the first negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to third heating (Post Bake 1) at 200 ° C. for 60 seconds. This is schematically represented by the state shown in FIG.
  • defect assessment After the above-described resist pattern is formed, defect coordinate data is obtained using a defect evaluation apparatus (KLA 2360, manufactured by KLA), and an electron microscope image of each coordinate is used using a defect review apparatus (SEMVision G3, manufactured by Applied Materials). , The number of residual defects after development on an 8-inch Si wafer (Si wafer having a diameter of 200 mm) was counted. The results are shown in Table 6 (residue defects). In practice, in order to achieve a high yield, the number of residual defects is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less.
  • Examples 1 to 25 using a resin containing Si showed an effect of reducing residual defects as compared with Comparative Examples using a resin containing no Si.
  • Examples 1 to 20 in which a resin containing Si was used for forming the second pattern a remarkable effect of reducing residual defects was observed.
  • Examples 1 to 13 using a resin containing Si having a cage silsesquioxane structure as the resin composition (2) a further effect of reducing defects was observed. This is because a resin containing Si, particularly a resin containing Si having a silsesquioxane structure, has higher solubility in an organic developer than a resin containing no Si, and development without leaving a residue. It is thought that this is because of progress.
  • the shape of the layer formed by patterning using the resin containing Si was rectangular. This is presumably because the resin containing Si has high solubility in an organic developer, and therefore it is possible to suppress deterioration of the pattern shape such as tailing due to the resin dissolution residue.
  • a pattern can be formed in the following manner.
  • an embodiment in which the exposure with ArF excimer laser is replaced with ArF excimer laser immersion exposure or KrF excimer laser exposure and further, an embodiment in which organic solvent development is replaced with alkali development.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a pattern forming method which is capable of forming a multistage resist pattern that is reduced in defects; an etching method which uses this pattern forming method; and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, which uses this pattern forming method. This pattern forming method comprises: a step for forming a first film on a substrate using an active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1); a step for exposing the first film to light; a step for forming a first pattern by developing the light-exposed first film with use of a developer liquid; a step for forming a second film at least on the first pattern using an active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2); a step for exposing the second film to light; and a step for forming a second pattern at least on the first pattern by developing the light-exposed second film with use of a developer liquid. At least one of the active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin compositions (1), (2) contains a resin that comprises a repeating unit having an Si atom.

Description

パターン形成方法、エッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ETCHING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
 本発明は、パターン形成方法、これを用いたエッチング方法、及び、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶及びサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、MEMSなどの製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程に好適なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法に関する。特には、本発明は、波長が300nm以下の遠紫外線光を光源とするKrF、ArF露光装置及びArF液浸式投影露光装置での露光に好適なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法、並びに、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an etching method using the same, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, a manufacturing process such as a MEMS, and a photolithographic lithography process. The present invention also relates to an etching method using the same. In particular, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in KrF, ArF exposure apparatus and ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, and an etching method using the same. And a method of manufacturing an electronic device including the same.
 近年では、電子デバイスの多様化及び高機能化の要求に伴って、種々の形状の微細パターンをエッチング等により形成することが求められており、例えば、特許文献1の図1~図7に開示されているように、フォトレジスト層内に多段構造を形成する方法が知られている。 In recent years, with the demand for diversification and higher functionality of electronic devices, it has been required to form fine patterns of various shapes by etching or the like. For example, disclosed in FIGS. 1 to 7 of Patent Document 1 As is known, a method of forming a multi-stage structure in a photoresist layer is known.
特開2007-173826号公報JP 2007-173826 A
 本発明は、欠陥が低減された多段レジストパターン(例えば、ホールパターン上にラインパターンが積層されたパターン)を形成可能なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a multistage resist pattern (for example, a pattern in which a line pattern is laminated on a hole pattern) with reduced defects, and an etching method using the same. To do.
 本発明は、下記の構成であり、これにより本発明の上記課題が解決される。 The present invention has the following configuration, which solves the above-described problems of the present invention.
 〔1〕 (i)基板上に、下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、第1のパターンを形成する工程、
 (i-1)前記基板上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
 (i-2)前記第1の膜を露光する工程
 (i-3)前記露光した第1の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、前記第1のパターンを形成する工程
(iii)少なくとも前記第1のパターン上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程、
(v)前記第2の膜を露光する工程、および、
(vi)前記露光した第2の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、少なくとも前記第1のパターン上に第2のパターンを形成する工程、
を有するパターン形成方法であって、
 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)及び(2)の少なくとも一方が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であるパターン形成方法。
〔2〕 前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分中を基準として10質量%以上である〔1〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔3〕 前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂中のSi原子の含有量が1.0~30質量%である〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔4〕 前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂が、酸分解性基を有する、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔5〕 前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位が、シルセスキオキサン構造を有する、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔6〕 前記シルセスキオキサン構造が、カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造である、〔5〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔7〕 前記樹脂が、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及び、カーボネート構造の少なくともいずれかを有する繰り返し単位を含む、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔8〕 前記工程(i-3)で用いられる現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔9〕 前記工程(vi)で用いられる現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔10〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)が酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する、〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔11〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)が酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する、〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔12〕 前記工程(i)と前記工程(iii)との間に、加熱工程(ii)を更に有する、〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔13〕 前記工程(vi)の後に、加熱工程を更に有する、〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔14〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する〔1〕~〔13〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔15〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する〔1〕~〔14〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔16〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが異なっている、〔1〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔17〕 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが同一である、〔1〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
〔18〕 〔1〕~〔17〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法により形成されたパターンをマスクとして、前記基板に対してエッチング処理を行う、エッチング方法。
〔19〕 〔1〕~〔18〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[1] (i) A step of forming the first pattern on the substrate by performing the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) in this order;
(I-1) a step of forming a first film on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (i-2) a step of exposing the first film i-3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form the first pattern (iii) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive at least on the first pattern Forming a second film using the resin composition (2);
(V) exposing the second film; and
(Vi) developing the exposed second film using a developer to form a second pattern on at least the first pattern;
A pattern forming method comprising:
A pattern in which at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin containing a repeating unit having a Si atom. Forming method.
[2] The content of the resin including the repeating unit having the Si atom is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Pattern formation method.
[3] The pattern forming method according to [1] or [2], wherein the content of Si atoms in the resin containing repeating units having Si atoms is 1.0 to 30% by mass.
[4] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom has an acid-decomposable group.
[5] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the repeating unit having an Si atom has a silsesquioxane structure.
[6] The pattern forming method according to [5], wherein the silsesquioxane structure is a cage-type silsesquioxane structure.
[7] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the resin includes a repeating unit having at least one of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
[8] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the developer used in the step (i-3) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
[9] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the developer used in the step (vi) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
[10] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin that increases in polarity by the action of an acid and decreases in solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent. [9] The pattern forming method according to any one of [9].
[11] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases, [10] The pattern forming method according to any one of [10].
[12] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [11], further including a heating step (ii) between the step (i) and the step (iii).
[13] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [12], further including a heating step after the step (vi).
[14] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom.
[15] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [14], wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having a Si atom.
[16] Any one of [1] to [15], wherein the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) is different from the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2). The pattern forming method according to 1.
[17] Any one of [1] to [15], wherein the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are the same. The pattern forming method according to 1.
[18] An etching method in which an etching process is performed on the substrate using the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [17] as a mask.
[19] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [18].
 本発明によれば、欠陥が低減された多段レジストパターンを形成可能なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a multistage resist pattern with reduced defects and an etching method using the same.
図1(a)~(e)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明するための概略斜視図である。1A to 1E are schematic perspective views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively. 図2(a)~(e)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明するための概略断面図である。2A to 2E are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
In addition, “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. Drawing with particle beams such as ion beams is also included in the exposure.
<パターン形成方法、及び、エッチング方法>
 以下に、本発明のパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法について説明する。
 まず、本発明のパターン形成方法は、
(i)基板上に、下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、第1のパターンを形成する工程、
 (i-1)基板上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
 (i-2)第1の膜を露光する工程
 (i-3)露光した第1の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、第1のパターンを形成する工程
(iii)少なくとも第1のパターン上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程、
(v)第2の膜を露光する工程、および、
(vi)露光した第2の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、少なくとも第1のパターン上に第2のパターンを形成する工程、
をこの順序で有し、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)、(2)の少なくとも一方はSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する。
<Pattern formation method and etching method>
Below, the pattern formation method of this invention and the etching method using the same are demonstrated.
First, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes:
(I) a step of forming the first pattern on the substrate by performing the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) in this order;
(I-1) Step of forming a first film on the substrate by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (i-2) Step of exposing the first film (i- 3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form a first pattern (iii) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) on at least the first pattern ) To form the second film using
(V) exposing the second film; and
(Vi) a step of developing the exposed second film using a developer to form a second pattern on at least the first pattern;
In this order, at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms.
 本発明のパターン形成方法によって、欠陥が低減された多段レジストパターンを容易に形成できる理由は、以下のように推定される。 The reason why the multistage resist pattern with reduced defects can be easily formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is estimated as follows.
 先ず、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i)(工程(i-1)~(i-3))によるパターニングと、工程(iii)、(v)及び(vi)によるパターニングとを含む少なくとも2回のパターニングを含有している。
 ここで、工程(iii)、(v)及び(vi)により形成される第2のパターンは、工程(i)により形成される第1のパターンの上に形成された第2の膜から得られるため、第1のパターンの大きさ及び形状と、第2のパターンの大きさ及び形状とを、互いに独立に設計できる。
 したがって、例えばホールパターン(第1のパターン)上にラインパターン(第2のパターン)が積層されたような多段構造を有するパターンを形成できる。
First, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes at least patterning by step (i) (steps (i-1) to (i-3)) and patterning by steps (iii), (v) and (vi). Contains two times of patterning.
Here, the second pattern formed by the steps (iii), (v) and (vi) is obtained from the second film formed on the first pattern formed by the step (i). Therefore, the size and shape of the first pattern and the size and shape of the second pattern can be designed independently of each other.
Therefore, for example, a pattern having a multistage structure in which a line pattern (second pattern) is stacked on a hole pattern (first pattern) can be formed.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法においては、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)、(2)の少なくとも一方はSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する。
 Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂は、現像液に対する溶解性が高いため、欠陥の発生が抑制される。
Moreover, in the pattern formation method of this invention, at least one of actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1), (2) contains resin containing the repeating unit which has Si atom.
Since the resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms has high solubility in a developing solution, generation of defects is suppressed.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、工程(i)、並びに、工程(iii)、工程(v)及び工程(vi)の各々は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。 In the pattern formation method of the present invention, each of the step (i), the step (iii), the step (v) and the step (vi) can be performed by a generally known method.
 図1(a)~(e)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明するための概略斜視図である。また、図2(a)~(e)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明するための概略断面図である。 FIGS. 1A to 1E are schematic perspective views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively. 2A to 2E are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method and an etching method according to an embodiment of the present invention, respectively.
<工程(i):第1のパターンの形成>
 本実施形態においては、まず、図1(a)および図2(a)に示すように、基板10上に、下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、例えば、行方向及び列方向に等間隔に配列された複数のホール部を有する第1のパターン51を形成する(工程(i))。
 (i-1)基板上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
 (i-2)第1の膜を露光する工程
 (i-3)露光した第1の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、第1のパターンを形成する工程
<Step (i): Formation of first pattern>
In this embodiment, first, as shown in FIGS. 1 (a) and 2 (a), the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2), and the following step (i-) are performed on the substrate 10. 3) are performed in this order, and, for example, the first pattern 51 having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction is formed (step (i)).
(I-1) Step of forming a first film on the substrate by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (i-2) Step of exposing the first film (i- 3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form a first pattern
<工程(i-1):第1の膜の形成>
 第1の膜を形成する基板は、特に限定されるものではなく、シリコン、SiN、SiOやSiN等の無機基板、SOG等の塗布系無機基板等、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。更に、必要に応じて反射防止膜等の下層膜を第1の膜と基板の間に形成させてもよい。下層膜としては、有機反射防止膜、無機反射防止膜、その他適宜選択することができる。下層膜材料はブリューワーサイエンス社、日産化学工業株式会社等から入手可能である。有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像するプロセスに好適な下層膜としては、例えば、国際特許公報2012/039337号パンフレットに記載の下層膜が挙げられる。
<Step (i-1): Formation of first film>
The substrate on which the first film is formed is not particularly limited, and is an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 or SiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG, a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a liquid crystal, a thermal A substrate generally used in a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a head, and also in other photo-fabrication lithography processes can be used. Furthermore, if necessary, an underlayer film such as an antireflection film may be formed between the first film and the substrate. As the lower layer film, an organic antireflection film, an inorganic antireflection film, and the like can be appropriately selected. The underlayer film material is available from Brewer Science, Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Examples of the lower layer film suitable for the process of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent include the lower layer film described in International Patent Publication No. 2012/039337.
 工程(i-1)において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する方法は、典型的には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を基板上に塗布することにより実施でき、塗布方法としては、従来公知のスピンコート法、スプレー法、ローラーコート法、浸漬法などを用いることができ、好ましくはスピンコート法により感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を塗布する。
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)については、後に詳述する。
In the step (i-1), the method of forming the first film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) typically comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The material (1) can be applied on the substrate, and as a coating method, a conventionally known spin coating method, spray method, roller coating method, dipping method or the like can be used. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is applied.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) will be described later in detail.
 第1の膜の膜厚は、20~1500nmであることが好ましく、50~1500nmであることがより好ましく、60~1500nmであることが更に好ましい。
 特に、1~200nmの波長の光源(具体的には、後述するArFエキシマレーザーなど)を用いる場合には、第1の膜の膜厚は、20~500nmであることが好ましく、60~300nmであることが更に好ましい。
 また、200nm超250nm以下の波長の光源(具体的には、後述するKrFエキシマレーザーなど)を用いる場合には、第1の膜の膜厚は、200~1500nmであることが好ましく、300~1200nmであることがより好ましく、300~1000nmであることが更に好ましい。
The thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 1500 nm, more preferably 50 to 1500 nm, and still more preferably 60 to 1500 nm.
In particular, when a light source having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm (specifically, an ArF excimer laser described later) is used, the thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 500 nm, preferably 60 to 300 nm. More preferably it is.
In addition, when a light source having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and not more than 250 nm (specifically, a KrF excimer laser described later) is used, the thickness of the first film is preferably 200 to 1500 nm, and preferably 300 to 1200 nm. It is more preferable that the thickness is 300 to 1000 nm.
<前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程>
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-1)と工程(i-2)との間に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-2)と工程(i-3)との間に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
 前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程の少なくとも一方は、複数回の加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Pre-heating step and post-exposure heating step>
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (i-1) and the step (i-2).
In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (i-2) and the step (i-3).
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
At least one of the preheating step and the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
<工程(i-2):第1の膜の露光>
 工程(i-2)の露光において、露光装置に用いられる光源波長に制限は無いが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましい。
 工程(i-2)は、複数回の露光工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Step (i-2): Exposure of first film>
In the exposure of step (i-2), the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure apparatus is not limited, but examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams. Preferably, far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like, preferably KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam.
Step (i-2) may include a plurality of exposure steps.
 また、例えば、光源がKrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、又は、EUVである場合は、マスクを介して活性光線又は放射線を照射する(すなわち、露光する)ことが好ましい。
 このとき、本実施形態においては、例えば、遮光部として行方向及び列方向に等間隔に配列された複数のホール部を有するホールパターンマスク(図示せず)を用いることができる。
 もっとも、本発明において、工程(i-2)で用いるマスクは、これに限定されず、所望する第1のパターンの形状等に応じて適宜選択でき、例えば、遮光部としてのライン部と、光透過部としてのスペース部とを有するラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクであって、ライン部の幅とスペース部の幅の比が1:1のマスク等を用いることもできる。
For example, when the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV, it is preferable to irradiate (that is, expose) active light or radiation through a mask.
In this embodiment, for example, a hole pattern mask (not shown) having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction can be used as the light shielding portion.
However, in the present invention, the mask used in the step (i-2) is not limited to this, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the first pattern. It is also possible to use a mask having a line-and-space pattern having a space part as a transmissive part and having a ratio of the width of the line part to the width of the space part of 1: 1.
 また、工程(i-2)の露光においては液浸露光方法を適用してもよい。
 液浸露光方法とは、解像力を高める技術として、投影レンズと試料との間を高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たし露光する技術である。また、液浸露光は、位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。
In the exposure of step (i-2), an immersion exposure method may be applied.
The immersion exposure method is a technique for increasing the resolving power and performing exposure by filling a space between a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”). In addition, immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as phase shift method and modified illumination method.
 液浸露光を行う場合には、(1)基板上に第1の膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(2)液浸液を介して第1の膜に露光する工程の後、第1の膜を加熱する工程の前に、第1の膜の表面を薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。 When performing immersion exposure, (1) after the first film is formed on the substrate, before the exposure step and / or (2) the first film is exposed via the immersion liquid. After the step, before the step of heating the first film, a step of washing the surface of the first film with a chemical solution may be performed.
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ第1の膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましい。入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。 The immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the first film. It is preferable to use water from the viewpoint of easy availability and ease of handling.
 水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加してもよい。この添加剤はウエハー上のレジスト層を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できるものが好ましい。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
When water is used, an additive (liquid) that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained.
 一方で、193nm光に対して不透明な物質や屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招く。これを回避するために、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(DO)を用いてもよい。
On the other hand, when an opaque material or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from water are mixed with respect to 193 nm light, the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. In order to avoid this, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて形成した第1の膜を、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合には、必要に応じて更に後述の疎水性樹脂(D)を添加することができる。疎水性樹脂(D)が添加されることにより、表面の後退接触角が向上する。第1の膜の後退接触角は60°~90°が好ましく、更に好ましくは70°以上である。
 液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウエハー上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウエハー上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態に於けるレジスト膜(第1の膜)に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になる。このため、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。
When the first film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is exposed through an immersion medium, the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is further provided as necessary. Can be added. By adding the hydrophobic resin (D), the receding contact angle of the surface is improved. The receding contact angle of the first film is preferably 60 ° to 90 °, more preferably 70 ° or more.
In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head scanning the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern, so that the dynamic state is reached. The contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film (first film) is important. For this reason, the resist is required to have the capability of following the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without any remaining droplets.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて形成した第1の膜と液浸液との間には、この第1の膜を直接、液浸液に接触させないために、液浸液難溶性膜(以下、「トップコート」ともいう)を設けてもよい。トップコートに必要な機能としては、レジスト上層部への塗布適性、放射線、特に193nmの波長を有した放射線に対する透明性、及び液浸液難溶性が挙げられる。トップコートは、レジストと混合せず、更にレジスト上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。
 トップコートは、193nmにおける透明性という観点からは、芳香族を含有しないポリマーが好ましい。
 具体的には、炭化水素ポリマー、アクリル酸エステルポリマー、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルエーテル、シリコン含有ポリマー、及びフッ素含有ポリマーなどが挙げられる。疎水性樹脂(D)はトップコートとしても好適なものである。トップコートから液浸液へ不純物が溶出すると光学レンズが汚染されるため、トップコートに含まれるポリマーの残留モノマー成分は少ない方が好ましい。
The first film is not directly brought into contact with the immersion liquid between the first film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) of the present invention and the immersion liquid. Therefore, an immersion liquid hardly soluble film (hereinafter, also referred to as “top coat”) may be provided. Functions necessary for the top coat include suitability for application to the resist upper layer, transparency to radiation, particularly radiation having a wavelength of 193 nm, and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the resist and can be uniformly applied to the resist upper layer.
From the viewpoint of transparency at 193 nm, the topcoat is preferably a polymer that does not contain aromatics.
Specific examples include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, and fluorine-containing polymers. The hydrophobic resin (D) is also suitable as a top coat. When impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, the optical lens is contaminated. Therefore, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
 トップコートを剥離する際は、現像液を使用してもよいし、別途剥離剤を使用してもよい。剥離剤としては、第1の膜への浸透が小さい溶剤が好ましい。剥離工程が第1の膜の現像処理工程と同時にできるという点では、アルカリ現像液により剥離できることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液で剥離するという観点からは、トップコートは酸性であることが好ましいが、第1の膜との非インターミクス性の観点から、中性であってもアルカリ性であってもよい。
 トップコートと液浸液との間には屈折率の差がないか又は小さいことが好ましい。この場合、解像力を向上させることが可能となる。露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長:193nm)の場合には、液浸液として水を用いることが好ましいため、ArF液浸露光用トップコートは、水の屈折率(1.44)に近いことが好ましい。また、透明性及び屈折率の観点から、トップコートは薄膜であることが好ましい。
When peeling the top coat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having a small penetration into the first film is preferable. It is preferable that the peeling process can be carried out with an alkali developer in that the peeling process can be performed simultaneously with the development process of the first film. The top coat is preferably acidic from the viewpoint of peeling with an alkali developer, but may be neutral or alkaline from the viewpoint of non-intermixability with the first film.
There is preferably no or small difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. In this case, the resolution can be improved. When the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water as the immersion liquid. Therefore, the top coat for ArF immersion exposure is close to the refractive index of water (1.44). preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that a topcoat is a thin film from a viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
 トップコートは、第1の膜と混合せず、更に液浸液とも混合しないことが好ましい。この観点から、液浸液が水の場合には、トップコートに使用される溶剤は、本発明における樹脂組成物に使用される溶媒に難溶で、かつ非水溶性の媒体であることが好ましい。更に、液浸液が有機溶剤である場合には、トップコートは水溶性であっても非水溶性であってもよい。 It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the first film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid. From this viewpoint, when the immersion liquid is water, the solvent used for the topcoat is preferably a water-insoluble medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used for the resin composition in the present invention. . Further, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
<工程(i-3):第1の膜の現像>
 工程(i-3)において、第1の膜を現像液を用いて現像して第1のパターンを形成する工程における当該現像液としては、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液とも言う)及びアルカリ現像液のどちらを使用してもよい。微細なネガ型パターンを形成できるという観点からは、有機系現像液を使用することが好ましい。
 有機系現像液としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル等を挙げることができる。
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%より大きく100質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。
<Step (i-3): Development of first film>
In the step (i-3), the developer in the step of developing the first film with a developer to form the first pattern includes a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter referred to as an organic developer). Or an alkaline developer may be used. From the viewpoint that a fine negative pattern can be formed, it is preferable to use an organic developer.
As the organic developer, polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, Examples thereof include butyl lactate, propyl lactate, and butyl butanoate.
Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butano It can be mentioned glycol ether solvents such as Le.
Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, phenetole, dibutyl ether and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, and undecane.
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the content of the organic solvent with respect to the organic developer is preferably more than 50% by mass and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. Preferably, it is 90 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less.
In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウエハー面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウエハー面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、テトラヒドロフラン、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, the evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl -3-Methoxybutyl acetate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate and other ester solvents, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, Alcohol solvents such as isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene Glycol ether solvents such as recall monoethyl ether and methoxymethylbutanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide And aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as octane and decane.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone. , Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc. Ester solvents, alcohol solvents such as n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol , Glycol solvents such as triethylene glycol, and glycols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol Ether solvents, ether solvents such as phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl- - pyrrolidone, N, N- dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents decane.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
 また、特許第5056974号公報の請求項に係る発明のように、有機系現像液に、含窒素化合物(アミン等)を添加した態様も、好ましく用いることができる。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos. 5,360,692, 5,298,881, 5,296,330, 5,346,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451 can be mentioned. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
The amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
Further, an embodiment in which a nitrogen-containing compound (amine or the like) is added to an organic developer as in the invention according to the claim of Japanese Patent No. 5056974 can be preferably used.
 アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピヘリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。界面活性剤としては上記したものを挙げることができる。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38%質量の水溶液が望ましい。
Examples of the alkali developer include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, diethylamine, Secondary amines such as di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, and fourth amines such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide Alkaline aqueous solutions such as cyclic amines such as quaternary ammonium salts, pyrrole, and pihelidine can be used.
Furthermore, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. Examples of the surfactant include those described above. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
In particular, an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。これについては、特開2010-232550号公報に詳しい。
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced. This is described in detail in JP2010-232550A.
The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 また、現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 In addition, after the step of developing using a developer, a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
<リンス工程>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-3)と工程(iii)との間(後述の工程(ii)を実施する場合には、工程(i-3)と工程(ii)との間)、すなわち、現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。
<Rinse process>
The pattern forming method of the present invention is performed between step (i-3) and step (iii) (when step (ii) described later is performed, between step (i-3) and step (ii)). That is, it is preferable to include a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step) after the step of developing with a developing solution.
 リンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はない。上記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノールなどを用いることができ、特に好ましい炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる炭化水素系溶剤としては、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましく、中でもウンデカン等の炭素数10以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤がより好ましい。
The rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved. As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
Here, the hydrocarbon solvent used in the rinsing step is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, or undecane, and more preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 10 or more carbon atoms such as undecane. Is more preferable.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。 A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 リンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウエハー面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウエハー面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
 リンス液としては、水や水溶液を用いても良く、好ましくは純水である。水性リンス液には界面活性剤を加えても良い。
The vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C., more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and most preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
As the rinsing liquid, water or an aqueous solution may be used, and pure water is preferable. A surfactant may be added to the aqueous rinse solution.
 上記したリンス工程における洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。 The cleaning method in the rinsing step is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), a substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid Can be applied for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), etc. Among them, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and the substrate is washed at 2000 rpm or more after cleaning. It is preferable to rotate at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。 Further, after the developing process or the rinsing process, it is possible to perform a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid.
<工程(ii):加熱工程>
 図1(b)および図2(b)に示すように、工程(i-3)と、後に詳述する工程(iii)との間に、更に、加熱工程(ii)を実施してもよい。
 これにより、工程(i-3)において形成された第1のパターンの耐溶剤性をより向上でき、引き続く工程(iii)において、第1のパターンの上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)からなる液を塗布しても、損傷を受けにくい第1のパターン52に変換できる。この効果は、工程(i-3)において有機系現像液を使用した場合に顕著である。
 この加熱工程における温度は、150℃以上であることが好ましく、170℃以上であることがより好ましい。当該温度は、通常、240℃以下とされる。また、この加熱工程における加熱時間は、30~120秒程度で行なわれる。加熱工程がこのような温度範囲および時間で行なわれることで、有機物の分解残渣などが揮発して、溶剤に対して不溶化すると考えられるため、好ましい。
<Process (ii): Heating process>
As shown in FIGS. 1B and 2B, a heating step (ii) may be further performed between the step (i-3) and the step (iii) described in detail later. .
Thereby, the solvent resistance of the first pattern formed in the step (i-3) can be further improved, and in the subsequent step (iii), the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin is formed on the first pattern. Even if the liquid made of the composition (2) is applied, it can be converted into the first pattern 52 which is not easily damaged. This effect is remarkable when an organic developer is used in step (i-3).
The temperature in this heating step is preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 170 ° C. or higher. The said temperature is normally made into 240 degrees C or less. The heating time in this heating step is about 30 to 120 seconds. It is preferable that the heating step be performed in such a temperature range and time, since it is considered that the decomposition residue of the organic matter volatilizes and becomes insoluble in the solvent.
 なお、本発明は、第1のパターン51又は第1のパターン52に対して公知のフリージング材を適用することを排除するものではない。 Note that the present invention does not exclude applying a known freezing material to the first pattern 51 or the first pattern 52.
<工程(iii):第2の膜の形成>
 次いで、図1(c)および図2(c)に示すように、第1のパターン52の上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いてレジスト膜(第2の膜)60を形成する(工程(iii))。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)については、後に詳述する。
<Step (iii): Formation of Second Film>
Next, as shown in FIGS. 1C and 2C, a resist film (second film) is formed on the first pattern 52 by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2). Film) 60 is formed (step (iii)).
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) will be described in detail later.
 なお、工程(iii)において、第2の膜60は、少なくとも第1のパターン52の膜部の上に形成されるものであればよく、基板10上の第1のパターン52の膜部が形成されていない領域には、第2の膜60は、形成されてもよく、形成されなくてもよい。
 もっとも、後述するように、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する方法は、典型的には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)の塗布により実施できる。このため、工程(iii)において、第2の膜60を基板10上に第1のパターン52の膜部が形成されていない領域に形成しないことは、かえって作業が煩雑になる可能性がある。
 したがって、工程(iii)においては、図2(c)に示すように、第2の膜60を、基板10上の第1のパターン52の膜部が形成されていない領域にも形成するのが好ましい。
In the step (iii), the second film 60 may be formed at least on the film portion of the first pattern 52, and the film portion of the first pattern 52 on the substrate 10 is formed. The second film 60 may or may not be formed in the region that has not been formed.
However, as will be described later, the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is typically an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. It can be carried out by applying (2). For this reason, in the step (iii), if the second film 60 is not formed on the substrate 10 in the region where the film portion of the first pattern 52 is not formed, the work may be complicated.
Therefore, in the step (iii), as shown in FIG. 2C, the second film 60 is also formed in the region where the film portion of the first pattern 52 on the substrate 10 is not formed. preferable.
 また、第2の膜60は、第1のパターン52の膜部の全表面上でなくても、第1のパターン52の膜部の一部の表面上にのみ形成されるものであってもよい。 Further, the second film 60 may be formed not only on the entire surface of the film portion of the first pattern 52 but only on a part of the surface of the film portion of the first pattern 52. Good.
 工程(iii)において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する方法は、上記工程(i-1)において感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する方法と同様である。 In the step (iii), the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is the same as the step (i-1) in which the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin is formed. This is the same as the method for forming the first film using the composition (1).
 第2の膜の膜厚の好ましい範囲も、第1の膜の膜厚の好ましい範囲として記載したものと同様である。第2の膜の膜厚は、第1の膜の膜厚と同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 なお、ここでいう第2の膜の膜厚とは、第1のパターン上に形成される第2の膜の膜厚のことをいい、基板上の第1のパターンの膜部が形成されていない領域に形成される第2の膜については考慮しないものとする。
The preferable range of the thickness of the second film is the same as that described as the preferable range of the thickness of the first film. The film thickness of the second film may be the same as or different from the film thickness of the first film.
The film thickness of the second film here means the film thickness of the second film formed on the first pattern, and the film portion of the first pattern on the substrate is formed. The second film formed in a non-existing region is not considered.
<前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(iii)と工程(v)との間に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(v)と工程(vi)との間に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
 前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程の少なくとも一方は、複数回の加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Pre-heating step and post-exposure heating step>
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (iii) and the step (v).
Moreover, it is also preferable that the pattern formation method of this invention includes the post-exposure heating process (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the process (v) and the process (vi). The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
At least one of the preheating step and the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
<工程(v):第2の膜の露光>
 次いで、第2の膜60に対して、活性光線又は放射線を照射する(すなわち、露光する)ことにより、露光済の第2の膜60を得る(工程(v))。
 上記同様、例えば、光源がKrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、又は、EUVである場合は、マスク(図示せず)を介して活性光線又は放射線を照射する(すなわち、露光する)ことが好ましい。
 工程(v)のマスクにおけるマスクパターンは特に限定されないが、本実施の形態においては、工程(i-2)で使用したマスクとは異なるものを使用している。
 具体的には、遮光部としてのライン部と、光透過部としてのスペース部とを有するラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクであって、ライン部の幅とスペース部の幅の比が1:1のマスク(図示せず)を、当該マスクの遮光部が、第1のパターン52のホール部の各々を覆うような状態で使用している。
 もっとも、工程(i-2)で用いるマスクと同様に、工程(v)のマスクについても、上記マスクに限定されるものではなく、所望する第2のパターンの形状等に応じて適宜選択できる。
<Step (v): Exposure of second film>
Next, the second film 60 is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (that is, exposed) to obtain an exposed second film 60 (step (v)).
As above, for example, when the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV, it is preferable to irradiate (that is, expose) actinic rays or radiation through a mask (not shown).
The mask pattern in the mask of the step (v) is not particularly limited, but in this embodiment, a mask different from the mask used in the step (i-2) is used.
Specifically, the mask has a line-and-space pattern having a line part as a light-shielding part and a space part as a light transmission part, and the ratio of the width of the line part to the width of the space part is 1: 1. A mask (not shown) is used in such a state that the light shielding portion of the mask covers each of the hole portions of the first pattern 52.
However, like the mask used in step (i-2), the mask in step (v) is not limited to the above-described mask, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the second pattern.
 工程(v)における露光の方法は、工程(i-2)における露光で説明したものを同じく採用することができる。スループット向上の観点から、工程(v)における露光光源は、工程(i-2)における露光光源と同じであることが好ましい。 As the exposure method in step (v), the same method as described in the exposure in step (i-2) can be employed. From the viewpoint of improving throughput, the exposure light source in step (v) is preferably the same as the exposure light source in step (i-2).
<工程(vi):第2の膜の現像(第2のパターンの形成)>
 次いで、露光済の第2の膜60を現像液を用いて現像し、図1(d)および図2(d)に示すように、第2のパターン61を形成する(工程(vi))。
 なお、工程(vi)における現像液は、工程(i-3)において説明したものと同様の有機系現像液及びアルカリ現像液を使用することができ、有機系現像液を使用することが好ましい。
<Step (vi): Development of second film (formation of second pattern)>
Next, the exposed second film 60 is developed using a developing solution to form a second pattern 61 as shown in FIGS. 1D and 2D (step (vi)).
As the developer in the step (vi), the same organic developer and alkali developer as described in the step (i-3) can be used, and an organic developer is preferably used.
 上述したように、第2の膜60は少なくとも第1のパターン52の上に形成されている。このため、工程(vi)において、第2のパターン61も同様に、少なくとも第1のパターン52上に形成される。
 本実施形態では、図1(d)および図2(d)に示すように、複数のホール部を有するホールパターン(第1のパターン52)上に、ホール部上にスペース部が位置付けられてホール部が露出するように、ラインアンドスペースパターン(第2のパターン61)が形成される。
 こうして、本実施形態によれば、ホールパターンである第1のパターン52とラインアンドスペースパターンである第2のパターン61とからなる多段構造を有する多段レジストパターンが、基板10上に形成される。
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法により形成される多段レジストパターンがこれに限定されないことはいうまでもない。
As described above, the second film 60 is formed on at least the first pattern 52. Therefore, in the step (vi), the second pattern 61 is similarly formed on at least the first pattern 52.
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1D and FIG. 2D, a space portion is positioned on the hole portion on the hole pattern (first pattern 52) having a plurality of hole portions, and the holes are formed. A line and space pattern (second pattern 61) is formed so that the portion is exposed.
Thus, according to the present embodiment, a multistage resist pattern having a multistage structure including the first pattern 52 that is a hole pattern and the second pattern 61 that is a line and space pattern is formed on the substrate 10.
Needless to say, the multistage resist pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not limited to this.
<リンス工程>
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(vi)の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。この場合のリンス液としては、上述したリンス液を使用することができる。
<Rinse process>
Moreover, it is preferable that the pattern formation method of this invention includes the process (rinsing process) wash | cleaned using a rinse liquid after a process (vi). As the rinse liquid in this case, the above-described rinse liquid can be used.
 これらのリンス工程における洗浄処理の方法は、前述のものを同様に挙げることができる。 The cleaning treatment methods in these rinsing steps can be the same as those described above.
 <加熱工程(ii)’>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(vi)の後、すなわち、現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、加熱工程(ii)’を有していてもよい。加熱工程(ii)’は、工程(vi)の後であって、後述するエッチング処理の前に行われることが好ましい。
 加熱工程(ii)’における各種条件(加熱温度や加熱時間等)は、上述した加熱工程(ii)において説明したものを採用できる。
<Heating step (ii) '>
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (ii) ′ after the step (vi), that is, after the step of developing using a developer. The heating step (ii) ′ is preferably performed after the step (vi) and before an etching process described later.
What was demonstrated in the heating process (ii) mentioned above can be employ | adopted for various conditions (heating temperature, heating time, etc.) in heating process (ii) '.
<エッチング処理>
 次いで、上記のようにして形成したパターン(すなわち、第1のパターン52と第2のパターン61とからなる多段レジストパターン)をマスクとして、基板10に対してエッチング処理を行う。
<Etching process>
Next, etching is performed on the substrate 10 using the pattern formed as described above (that is, a multistage resist pattern including the first pattern 52 and the second pattern 61) as a mask.
 このとき、第1のパターン52及び第2のパターン61からなる多段レジストパターンにて、基板10をエッチングできる公知のエッチング処理(例えばドライエッチング処理)を実施することによって、図1(e)および図2(e)に示すように、第1のパターン52のホール部と、第2のパターン61のスペース部とに対応する位置が穿孔された基板10が得られる。 At this time, by performing a known etching process (for example, a dry etching process) that can etch the substrate 10 with the multi-stage resist pattern including the first pattern 52 and the second pattern 61, FIG. As shown in FIG. 2E, the substrate 10 in which positions corresponding to the hole portions of the first pattern 52 and the space portions of the second pattern 61 are perforated is obtained.
 なお、エッチング処理の方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法をいずれも用いることができ、各種条件等は、基板の種類や用途等に応じて、適宜、決定される。例えば、国際光工学会紀要(Proc. of SPIE)Vol.6924,692420(2008)、特開2009-267112号公報等に準じて、エッチング処理を実施することもできる。 Note that the method for the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and any known method can be used, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate. For example, Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like can be performed.
<変形例>
 また、上述した本実施形態における第1のパターンは、レジスト膜のパターニングを2回以上実施することにより形成されてもよい。
 換言すれば、第1のパターンを形成する工程(i)が、上記工程(i-1)、上記工程(i-2)及び上記工程(i-3)をこの順で有するパターン形成工程を複数回含んでいてもよい(以下、この形態を変形例ともいう)。
 この場合、複数回のパターン形成工程において、連続する2回のパターン形成工程の間に、更に加熱工程を有してもよい。
<Modification>
Further, the first pattern in the present embodiment described above may be formed by patterning the resist film twice or more.
In other words, the step (i) of forming the first pattern includes a plurality of pattern formation steps including the step (i-1), the step (i-2), and the step (i-3) in this order. It may be included (this form is also referred to as a modified example hereinafter).
In this case, a plurality of pattern forming steps may further include a heating step between two successive pattern forming steps.
 以下、上記変形例について具体的に説明する。
 まず、上記と同様の方法によって、工程(i-1)、工程(i-2)及び工程(i-3)をこの順で実施することにより、基板上に、第1のパターンとして、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:3のラインアンドスペースパターン(図示せず)を形成する。
Hereinafter, the modified example will be specifically described.
First, by performing the step (i-1), the step (i-2) and the step (i-3) in this order by the same method as described above, a first pattern is formed on the substrate as, for example, A line and space pattern (not shown) having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
 次いで、加熱工程(いわゆる、フリージング工程)を実施してもよく、これにより、ラインアンドスペースパターンの耐溶剤性をより向上できる。これにより、引き続いて、基板の、ラインアンドスペースパターンの膜部が形成されていない領域に、別の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を塗布しても、損傷を受けにくいラインアンドスペースパターンを形成できる。なお、加熱工程の各種条件等は、上述した加熱工程(ii)において説明したものを採用できる。 Next, a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed, whereby the solvent resistance of the line and space pattern can be further improved. Thereby, even if another actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is subsequently applied to the region of the substrate where the film portion of the line and space pattern is not formed, it is not easily damaged. Line and space patterns can be formed. In addition, what was demonstrated in the heating process (ii) mentioned above is employable as various conditions of a heating process.
 次いで、基板の、ラインアンドスペースパターンの膜部が形成されていない領域上に、工程(i-1)、工程(i-2)及び工程(i-3)をこの順で実施することにより、第1のパターンとして、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:3のラインアンドスペースパターンを形成する。
 その結果、基板上に、先のパターン形成工程で形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンと、後のパターン形成工程で形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンとから構成される、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:1の第1のパターンが形成される。
 次いで、加熱工程(いわゆる、フリージング工程)を実施してもよい。
Next, by performing the step (i-1), the step (i-2) and the step (i-3) in this order on the region of the substrate where the film part of the line and space pattern is not formed, As the first pattern, for example, a line and space pattern having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
As a result, the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation process and the line and space pattern formed in the subsequent pattern formation process are formed on the substrate. A 1: 1 first pattern is formed.
Next, a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed.
 そして、このようにして得られた第1のパターンに対し、図1(c)および図2(c)以降に説明したプロセスを行うことで、本発明のパターン形成方法を実施できる。 And the pattern formation method of this invention can be implemented by performing the process demonstrated after FIG.1 (c) and FIG.2 (c) with respect to the 1st pattern obtained in this way.
 以上、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明したが、本発明によれば、基板に対して種々の形状の多段パターンをエッチング等により形成することが可能である。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、例えば、多段構造のパターンを形成するデュアルダマシン工程などに好適に適用できる。
As described above, the pattern forming method and the etching method according to the embodiment of the present invention have been described. However, according to the present invention, it is possible to form multi-stage patterns having various shapes on a substrate by etching or the like.
The pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to, for example, a dual damascene process for forming a multistage pattern.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法によって得られたパターンを、特開平3-270227号公報および特開2013-164509号公報に開示されているような、スペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)に適用することも可能である。更に、DSA(DirectedSelf-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)にも好適に用いることができる。その他、種々の用途への適用が可能である。 In addition, the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is applied to a spacer process core material (core) as disclosed in JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509. Is also possible. Furthermore, it can be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (for example, refer to ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823). In addition, application to various uses is possible.
 なお、本発明は、上述した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、及び電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。
 製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above.
The manufactured electronic device is preferably mounted on an electric / electronic device (home appliance, OA / media related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)(単に、「樹脂組成物(1)」ともいう)の各成分について説明する。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、好ましくは化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 化学増幅型レジスト組成物としては、架橋反応によりレジスト膜の現像液に対する溶解性が変化する架橋型レジスト組成物であってもよく、酸分解反応によりレジスト膜の現像液に対する溶解性が変化する酸分解型レジスト組成物であってもよい。架橋型レジスト組成物は、典型的には、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、架橋剤、及び光酸発生剤を含有する。酸分解型レジスト組成物は、典型的には、酸の作用により極性が増大して現像液に対する溶解度が変化する樹脂、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含有する。
 一態様において、樹脂組成物(1)は酸分解型レジスト組成物であることが好ましい。以下、樹脂組成物(1)に含まれる各成分について説明する。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1)>
Next, each component of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (1)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a resist composition, and preferably a chemically amplified resist composition.
The chemically amplified resist composition may be a cross-linked resist composition in which the solubility of the resist film in the developer is changed by a cross-linking reaction, or an acid in which the solubility of the resist film in the developer is changed by an acid decomposition reaction. A decomposable resist composition may be used. The cross-linked resist composition typically contains an alkali-soluble resin, a cross-linking agent, and a photoacid generator. The acid-decomposable resist composition typically contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer, and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
In one embodiment, the resin composition (1) is preferably an acid-decomposable resist composition. Hereinafter, each component contained in the resin composition (1) will be described.
 [1]酸の作用により極性が増大して現像液に対する溶解度が変化する樹脂
 酸の作用により極性が増大して現像液に対する溶解度が変化する樹脂としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」ともいう)を挙げることができる。
 酸分解性基は、極性基を酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基(アルコール性、とは、いわゆるフェノール性水酸基のようには酸性を示さない、ということである)、スルホン酸基が挙げられる。
[1] Resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid and changes in solubility in a developer The resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer changes, includes, for example, the main chain or side chain of the resin, Alternatively, a resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin” having a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in both the main chain and the side chain. (A) ").
The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid. Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group (alcoholic means that it does not show acidity like a so-called phenolic hydroxyl group), and a sulfonic acid group.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基(単環または多環)、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(単環または多環)、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
A preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基である。また、本発明のパターン形成方法をKrF光またはEUV光による露光、あるいは電子線照射により行う場合、フェノール性水酸基を酸脱離基により保護した酸分解性基を用いることも好ましい。 The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group. Further, when the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by exposure with KrF light or EUV light, or electron beam irradiation, it is also preferable to use an acid-decomposable group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected with an acid leaving group.
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 この繰り返し単位としては、たとえば以下が挙げられる。
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Examples of this repeating unit include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(aI)および(aI’)に於いて、
 Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、該環構造は、環中に酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を含有してもよい。
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。
In general formulas (aI) and (aI ′)
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure. The ring structure may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
 一般式(aI)中のTは、有機溶剤系現像液に対するレジストの不溶化の観点から、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましく、-COO-Rt-基がより好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
 一般式(aI’)中のTは、単結合が好ましい。
T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
 Xa1のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xa1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基であることがより好ましい。
 Xa1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環などの単環のシクロアルカン環、ノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、アダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5又は6の単環のシクロアルカン環が特に好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxは、各々独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group for X a1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
The alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group. Are preferred.
The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable. A monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~8)、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。なかでも、酸分解前後での有機溶剤を含有する現像液に対する溶解コントラストをより向上させる観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を有さない置換基であることがより好ましく(例えば、水酸基で置換されたアルキル基などではないことがより好ましく)、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる基であることが更に好ましく、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition, a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable ( For example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
 本発明の組成物に、KrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線又は波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(例えば、EUV)を照射する場合には、この樹脂(A)は、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。更に好ましくは、この樹脂(A)は、ヒドロキシスチレンと酸の作用により脱離する基で保護されたヒドロキシスチレンとの共重合体、又は、ヒドロキシスチレンと(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステルとの共重合体である。
 このような樹脂としては、具体的には、下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂が挙げられる。
When the composition of the present invention is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (for example, EUV) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a hydroxystyrene repeating unit. It is preferable. More preferably, the resin (A) is a copolymer of hydroxystyrene and hydroxystyrene protected with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or hydroxystyrene and a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester. It is a copolymer.
Specific examples of such a resin include a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式中、R01、R02及びR03は、各々独立に、例えば、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Arは、例えば、芳香環基を表す。なお、R03とArとがアルキレン基であり、両者が互いに結合することにより、-C-C-鎖と共に、5員又は6員環を形成していてもよい。
 n個のYは、各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、Yの少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表し、1~2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
In the formula, R 01 , R 02 and R 03 each independently represent, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group, for example. Note that R 03 and Ar 1 are alkylene groups, and they may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring together with the —C—C— chain.
n Y's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of Y represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.
 R01~R03としてのアルキル基は、例えば、炭素数20以下のアルキル基であり、好ましくは、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基又はドデシル基である。より好ましくは、これらアルキル基は、炭素数8以下のアルキル基である。なお、これらアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R01~R03におけるアルキル基と同様のものが好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環のシクロアルキル基であってもよく、多環のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。好ましくは、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、これらシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子がより好ましい。
The alkyl group as R 01 to R 03 is, for example, an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, or a hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group or dodecyl group. More preferably, these alkyl groups are alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms. In addition, these alkyl groups may have a substituent.
As the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group, the same alkyl groups as those described above for R 01 to R 03 are preferable.
The cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Preferably, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group are exemplified. In addition, these cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 R03がアルキレン基を表す場合、このアルキレン基としては、好ましくは、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、又はオクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のものが挙げられる。
 Arとしての芳香環基は、炭素数6~14のものが好ましく、例えば、ベンゼン環、トルエン環又はナフタレン環が挙げられる。なお、これら芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基Yとしては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)又は-CH(R36)(Ar)により表される基が挙げられる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して、環構造を形成していてもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
 Arは、アリール基を表す。
When R 03 represents an alkylene group, the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, or an octylene group.
The aromatic ring group as Ar 1 preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a toluene ring, and a naphthalene ring. In addition, these aromatic ring groups may have a substituent.
Examples of the group Y leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (═O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ). ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C (═O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) or And a group represented by —CH (R 36 ) (Ar).
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
Ar represents an aryl group.
 R36~R39、R01、又はR02としてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基及びオクチル基が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、又はR02としてのシクロアルキル基は、単環のシクロアルキル基であってもよく、多環のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基及びシクロオクチルが挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボロニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピナニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基及びアンドロスタニル基が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の炭素原子の一部は、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01、R02、又はArとしてのアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基であることが好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、又はR02としてのアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基であることが好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基及びナフチルメチル基が好ましい。
 R36~R39、R01、又はR02としてのアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基及びシクロへキセニル基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group are mentioned.
The cycloalkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group. The monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, α-pinanyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, A tetracyclododecyl group and an androstanyl group are mentioned. A part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , or Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group are preferable.
The alkenyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group. .
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成し得る環は、単環型であってもよく、多環型であってもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルカン構造が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロパン構造、シクロブタン構造、シクロペンタン構造、シクロへキサン構造、シクロヘプタン構造及びシクロオクタン構造が挙げられる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルカン構造が好ましく、例えば、アダマンタン構造、ノルボルナン構造、ジシクロペンタン構造、トリシクロデカン構造及びテトラシクロドデカン構造が挙げられる。なお、環構造中の炭素原子の一部は、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基及びニトロ基が挙げられる。これら置換基は、炭素数が8以下であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基Yとしては、下記一般式(B)で表される構造がより好ましい。
The ring that R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, and a cyclooctane structure. The polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tetracyclododecane structure. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the ring structure may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
Each of the above groups may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
As the group Y leaving by the action of an acid, a structure represented by the following general formula (B) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式中、L及びLは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、環状脂肪族基、芳香環基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基又はアルデヒド基を表す。なお、これら環状脂肪族基及び芳香環基は、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 なお、Q、M、Lの少なくとも2つが互いに結合して、5員又は6員環を形成していてもよい。
In the formula, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an aromatic ring group, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, or an aldehyde group. In addition, these cycloaliphatic groups and aromatic ring groups may contain a hetero atom.
In addition, at least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
 L及びLとしてのアルキル基は、例えば炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基及びオクチル基が挙げられる。
 L及びLとしてのシクロアルキル基は、例えば炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基であり、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。
 L及びLとしてのアリール基は、例えば炭素数6~15のアリール基であり、具体的には、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 L及びLとしてのアラルキル基は、例えば炭素数6~20のアラルキル基であり、具体的には、ベンジル基及びフェネチル基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, and An octyl group is mentioned.
The cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
The aryl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
 Mとしての2価の連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基又はオクチレン基)、シクロアルキレン基(例えば、シクロペンチレン基又はシクロヘキシレン基)、アルケニレン基(例えば、エチレン基、プロペニレン基又はブテニレン基)、アリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基又はナフチレン基)、-S-、-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-N(R)-、又は、これらの2以上の組み合わせである。ここで、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基である。Rとしてのアルキル基は、例えば炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基及びオクチル基が挙げられる。 The divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group), cycloalkylene group (for example, cyclopentylene group or cyclohexylene group). ), Alkenylene group (for example, ethylene group, propenylene group or butenylene group), arylene group (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group or naphthylene group), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, — N (R 0 ) — or a combination of two or more thereof. Here, R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group as R 0 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group. Can be mentioned.
 Qとしてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、上述したL及びLとしての各基と同様である。
 Qとしての環状脂肪族基又は芳香環基としては、例えば、上述したL及びLとしてのシクロアルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられる。これらシクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、好ましくは、炭素数3~15の基である。
 Qとしてのヘテロ原子を含んだ環状脂肪族基又は芳香環基としては、例えば、チイラン、シクロチオラン、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール及びピロリドン等の複素環構造を有した基が挙げられる。但し、炭素とヘテロ原子とで形成される環、又は、ヘテロ原子のみによって形成される環であれば、これらに限定されない。
 Q、M及びLの少なくとも2つが互いに結合して形成し得る環構造としては、例えば、これらがプロピレン基又はブチレン基を形成してなる5員又は6員環構造が挙げられる。なお、この5員又は6員環構造は、酸素原子を含有している。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as Q are the same as the above-described groups as L 1 and L 2 .
Examples of the cyclic aliphatic group or aromatic ring group as Q include the cycloalkyl group and aryl group as L 1 and L 2 described above. These cycloalkyl group and aryl group are preferably groups having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloaliphatic group or aromatic ring group containing a hetero atom as Q include thiirane, cyclothiolane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, And groups having a heterocyclic structure such as thiazole and pyrrolidone. However, the ring is not limited to these as long as it is a ring formed of carbon and a heteroatom, or a ring formed only of a heteroatom.
Examples of the ring structure that can be formed by bonding at least two of Q, M, and L 1 to each other include a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure in which these form a propylene group or a butylene group. This 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure contains an oxygen atom.
 一般式(B)におけるL、L、M及びQで表される各基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基及びニトロ基が挙げられる。これら置換基は、炭素数が8以下であることが好ましい。
 -(M-Q)で表される基としては、炭素数1~20の基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の基がより好ましく、炭素数1~8が更に好ましい。
Each group represented by L 1 , L 2 , M and Q in the general formula (B) may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
The group represented by — (MQ) is preferably a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、Rxは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Rxa、Rxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Zは、置換基を表し、複数存在する場合、複数のZは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。pは0又は正の整数を表す。Zの具体例及び好ましい例は、Rx~Rxなどの各基が有し得る置換基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Although the specific example of the repeating unit which has an acid-decomposable group is given, it is not limited to these.
In specific examples, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other. p represents 0 or a positive integer. Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 下記具体例において、Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。 In the specific examples below, Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種併用する場合、その組合せは特に限定されず、例えば、(1)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位と、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を発生する繰り返し単位との組合せ、(2)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位と、酸の作用により分解してフェノール性水酸基を発生する繰り返し単位との組合せ、(3)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位2種(互いに構造が異なる)の組合せ、などが考えられる。このうち、(3)の場合の好ましい組合せを参考までに例示する。 One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two types are used in combination, the combination is not particularly limited. For example, (1) a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group and a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxyl group (2) A combination of a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group and a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a phenolic hydroxyl group, (3) Decomposed by the action of an acid Thus, a combination of two types of repeating units that generate a carboxyl group (having different structures) can be considered. Among these, the preferable combination in the case of (3) is illustrated for reference.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、下限としては15モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましく、25モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、40モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上限としては90モル%以下であることが好ましく、75モル%以下であることがより好ましく、65モル%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (the total when there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group) is not particularly limited. The lower limit of the unit is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 25 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more. . Moreover, as an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 90 mol% or less, It is more preferable that it is 75 mol% or less, It is more preferable that it is 65 mol% or less.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。
 以下にラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 2種以上のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を併用することも可能である。 It is also possible to use a repeating unit having two or more lactone structures or sultone structures in combination.
 樹脂(A)がラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 また、樹脂(A)は、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。以下に具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
 なお、以下の具体例中のR は、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
Moreover, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure. Specific examples are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In the following specific examples, R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 樹脂(A)が環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure, the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 樹脂(A)が水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、3~25モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~15モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably from 3 to 25 mol% based on all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 15 mol%.
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、25モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂(A)が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(A)における酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、1モル%以上である。
Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acid group, content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 樹脂(A)は、更に極性基(例えば、前記酸基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造及び/または芳香環構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。
 この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~50モル%、更に好ましくは5~30モル%である。
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。
The resin (A) further has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and / or an aromatic ring structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group), and has a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. be able to.
The content of this repeating unit is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 上述したように、発明のパターン形成方法において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)、(2)の少なくとも一方はSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する。
 以下、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)がSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する場合における、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。
 Si原子を有する繰り返し単位は、Si原子を有すれば特に制限されない。例えば、シラン系繰り返し単位(-SiR-:Rは有機基)、シロキサン系繰り返し単位(-SiR-O-:Rは有機基)、Si原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位、Si原子を有するビニル系繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。
As described above, in the pattern forming method of the invention, at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms.
Hereinafter, the repeating unit having Si atoms in the case where the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms will be described.
The repeating unit having Si atoms is not particularly limited as long as it has Si atoms. For example, a silane repeating unit (—SiR 2 —: R 2 is an organic group), a siloxane repeating unit (—SiR 2 —O—: R 2 is an organic group), a (meth) acrylate repeating unit having a Si atom, And vinyl-based repeating units having Si atoms.
 Si原子を有する繰り返し単位は、シルセスキオキサン構造を有するのが好ましい。なお、シルセスキオキサン構造を主鎖に有しても、側鎖に有してもよいが、側鎖に有するのが好ましい。
 シルセスキオキサン構造としては、例えば、カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造、はしご型シルセスキオキサン構造(ラダー型シルセスキオキサン構造)、ランダム型シルセスキオキサン構造などが挙げられる。なかでも、カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造が好ましい。
 ここで、カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造とは、カゴ状骨格を有するシルセスキオキサン構造である。カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造は、完全カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造であっても、不完全カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造であってもよいが、完全カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造であることが好ましい。
 また、はしご型シルセスキオキサン構造とは、はしご状骨格を有するシルセスキオキサン構造である。
 また、ランダム型シルセスキオキサン構造とは、骨格がランダムのシルセスキオキサン構造である。
The repeating unit having a Si atom preferably has a silsesquioxane structure. In addition, although it may have a silsesquioxane structure in a main chain or in a side chain, it is preferable to have in a side chain.
Examples of the silsesquioxane structure include a cage-type silsesquioxane structure, a ladder-type silsesquioxane structure (ladder-type silsesquioxane structure), a random-type silsesquioxane structure, and the like. Of these, a cage-type silsesquioxane structure is preferable.
Here, the cage silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a cage structure. The cage silsesquioxane structure may be a complete cage silsesquioxane structure or an incomplete cage silsesquioxane structure, but may be a complete cage silsesquioxane structure. preferable.
The ladder-type silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a ladder-like skeleton.
The random silsesquioxane structure is a silsesquioxane structure having a random skeleton.
 上記カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造は、下記式(S)で表されるシロキサン構造であることが好ましい。 The cage silsesquioxane structure is preferably a siloxane structure represented by the following formula (S).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 上記式(S)中、Rは、1価の有機基を表す。複数あるRは、同一であっても、異なってもよい。
 上記有機基は特に制限されないが、具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基、ブロック化メルカプト基(例えば、アシル基でブロック(保護)されたメルカプト基)、アシル基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、シリル基、ビニル基、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基、(メタ)アクリル基含有基およびエポキシ基含有基などが挙げられる。
 上記ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子などが挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基のヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子などが挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基の炭化水素基としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、またはこれらを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基の具体例としては、直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基(特に、炭素数1~30)、直鎖状または分岐状のアルケニル基(特に、炭素数2~30)、直鎖状または分岐状のアルキニル基(特に、炭素数2~30)などが挙げられる。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、ナフチル基などの炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。
In the above formula (S), R represents a monovalent organic group. A plurality of R may be the same or different.
The organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a mercapto group, and a blocked mercapto group (for example, blocked (protected) with an acyl group). Mercapto groups), acyl groups, imide groups, phosphino groups, phosphinyl groups, silyl groups, vinyl groups, hydrocarbon groups optionally having heteroatoms, (meth) acryl group-containing groups and epoxy group-containing groups. Can be mentioned.
As said halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom etc. are mentioned, for example.
Examples of the hetero atom of the hydrocarbon group that may have a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group that may have a hetero atom include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group in which these are combined.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a linear or branched alkyl group (particularly 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkenyl group (particularly 2 to 30 carbon atoms), Examples thereof include a linear or branched alkynyl group (particularly 2 to 30 carbon atoms).
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 Si原子を有する繰り返し単位は、下記式(I)で表されるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a Si atom is preferably represented by the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記式(I)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
 上記式(I)中、Xは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 有機基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、水酸基などの置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基が挙げられ、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
 上記式(I)中、Aは、Si含有基を表す。なかでも、下記式(a)または(b)で表される基が好ましい。
In the above formula (I), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
L is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
In the above formula (I), X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
As an organic group, the alkyl group which may have substituents, such as a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group, is mentioned, for example, A hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group are preferable.
In the above formula (I), A represents a Si-containing group. Of these, a group represented by the following formula (a) or (b) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記式(a)中、Rは、1価の有機基を表す。複数あるRは、同一であっても、異なってもよい。Rの具体例および好適な態様は上述した式(S)と同じである。なお、上記式(I)中のAが上記式(a)で表される基である場合、上記式(I)は下記式(I-a)で表される。 In the above formula (a), R represents a monovalent organic group. A plurality of R may be the same or different. Specific examples and preferred embodiments of R are the same as those in the above formula (S). When A in the formula (I) is a group represented by the formula (a), the formula (I) is represented by the following formula (Ia).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 上記式(b)中、Rは、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表す。ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基の具体例および好適な態様は、上述した式(S)中のRと同じである。 In the above formula (b), R b represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom are the same as R in the above-described formula (S).
 Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂は、2種以上のSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対する、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、1~70モル%であることが好ましく、3~50モル%であることがより好ましい。
 樹脂中のSi原子の含有量は、1.0~30質量%であることが好ましく、3.0~30がより好ましく、5.0~30が更に好ましい。
The resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms may contain a repeating unit having two or more kinds of Si atoms.
The content of the repeating unit having an Si atom with respect to all the repeating units of the resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
The content of Si atoms in the resin is preferably 1.0 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3.0 to 30 and even more preferably 5.0 to 30.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。樹脂(A)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。
 樹脂組成物(1)が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から樹脂組成物(1)に用いられる樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香環を有さない(具体的には、樹脂中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、芳香族基を有さない)ことが好ましく、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)が、後述する樹脂(D)を含んでいる場合、樹脂(A)は、樹脂(D)との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子を含有しないことが好ましい。
The form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type. Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
When the resin composition (1) is used for ArF exposure, the resin (A) used for the resin composition (1) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group. The resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
When the resin composition (1) contains a resin (D) described later, the resin (A) preferably does not contain a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the resin (D).
 樹脂組成物(1)に用いられる樹脂(A)として好ましくは、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されたものである。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) used in the resin composition (1) is preferably one in which all the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
 樹脂組成物(1)にKrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線、波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(EUVなど)を照射する場合には、樹脂(A)は、芳香環を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。芳香環を有する繰り返し単位としては、特に限定されず、また、前述の各繰り返し単位に関する説明でも例示しているが、スチレン単位、ヒドロキシスチレン単位、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート単位、ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート単位などが挙げられる。樹脂(A)としては、より具体的には、ヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位と、酸分解性基によって保護されたヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位とを有する樹脂、上記芳香環を有する繰り返し単位と、(メタ)アクリル酸のカルボン酸部位が酸分解性基によって保護された繰り返し単位を有する樹脂、などが挙げられる。なお、特にEUV露光の際は、一般に高感度が要求される為、樹脂(A)は、酸分解しやすい保護基を含有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。その繰り返し単位として具体的には、前述の酸で脱離する基として説明した構造のうち、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)または-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)で表されるもの(俗にアセタール型保護基と言われる構造)が好ましく挙げられる。 When the resin composition (1) is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring. May be. The repeating unit having an aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is also exemplified in the above description of each repeating unit, but a styrene unit, a hydroxystyrene unit, a phenyl (meth) acrylate unit, a hydroxyphenyl (meth) acrylate. Examples include units. More specifically, the resin (A) is a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit and a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected by an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having the aromatic ring, and (meth) Examples thereof include a resin having a repeating unit in which the carboxylic acid moiety of acrylic acid is protected by an acid-decomposable group. In particular, particularly in the case of EUV exposure, since high sensitivity is generally required, the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a protective group that easily undergoes acid decomposition. Specific examples of the repeating unit include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ) or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) ( A compound represented by OR 39 ) (a structure commonly referred to as an acetal type protecting group) is preferred.
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成、及び精製することができる。この合成方法及び精製方法としては、例えば特開2008-292975号公報の0201段落~0202段落等の記載を参照されたい。 The resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized and purified according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For the synthesis method and purification method, see, for example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0201 to 0202 of JP-A-2008-292975.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、一般的には1000以上であり、好ましくは7,000~200,000であり、より好ましくは7,000~50,000、更により好ましくは7,000~40,000、特に好ましくは7,000~30,000である。重量平均分子量が7000以上であることで、有機系現像液に対する溶解性が高くなりすぎてしまうことを抑制でき、精密なパターンを形成しやすくなる傾向にある。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is generally 1000 or more, preferably 7,000 to 200,000, more preferably 7,000 to 50, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 7,000, even more preferably 7,000 to 40,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 30,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 7000 or more, it is possible to prevent the solubility in the organic developer from becoming too high, and it is easy to form a precise pattern.
 分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、好ましくは1.0~2.6、更に好ましくは1.0~2.0、特に好ましくは1.4~2.0の範囲のものが使用される。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、かつ、レジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0. Those in the range are used. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and the resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 本発明の化学増幅型レジスト組成物において、樹脂(A)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中30~99質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは60~95質量%である。
 また、本発明において、樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
In the chemically amplified resist composition of the present invention, the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the entire composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
In the present invention, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
 以下、樹脂(A)の具体例(繰り返し単位の組成比はモル比である)を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、以下では、後述する、酸発生剤(B)に対応する構造が樹脂(A)に担持されている場合の態様も例示している。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the resin (A) (the composition ratio of repeating units is a molar ratio) will be given, but the present invention is not limited to these. In addition, below, the aspect in case the structure corresponding to an acid generator (B) mentioned later is carry | supported by resin (A) is also illustrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 以下に例示する樹脂は、特に、EUV露光または電子線露光の際に、好適に用いることができる樹脂の例である。 The resin exemplified below is an example of a resin that can be suitably used particularly during EUV exposure or electron beam exposure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 以下、樹脂(A)がSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合の好適に用いることができる樹脂の例を示す。ここで、繰り返し単位の組成比はモル比である。また、Etはエチル基、iBuはイソブチル基、TMSはトリメチルシリル基を表す。 Hereinafter, examples of resins that can be suitably used when the resin (A) includes a repeating unit having Si atoms will be shown. Here, the composition ratio of the repeating units is a molar ratio. Et represents an ethyl group, iBu represents an isobutyl group, and TMS represents a trimethylsilyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 [2]活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
 樹脂組成物(1)は、通常、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「化合物(B)」又は「酸発生剤」ともいう)を含有する。活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 酸発生剤としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。
[2] Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation Resin composition (1) is usually a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generation”. Also referred to as “agent”. The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
As the acid generator, photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc. The known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
 たとえば、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネートを挙げることができる。
 酸発生剤の中で、特に好ましい例を以下に挙げる。
Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
Among acid generators, particularly preferred examples are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 酸発生剤は、公知の方法で合成することができ、例えば、特開2007-161707号公報、特開2010-100595号公報の[0200]~[0210]、国際公開第2011/093280号の[0051]~[0058]、国際公開第2008/153110号の[0382]~[0385]等に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の組成物中の含有率は、樹脂組成物(1)の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~25質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%、特に好ましくは3~15質量%である。
The acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, [0200] to [0210] of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-100595A, and WO2011 / 093280 [ [0051] to [0058], [0382] to [0385] of International Publication No. 2008/153110, and the like.
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によっては、酸発生剤に対応する構造が、前記樹脂(A)に担持されている態様(B´)もある。このような態様として具体的には、特開2011-248019号公報に記載の構造(特に、段落0164から段落0191に記載の構造、段落0555の実施例で記載されている樹脂に含まれる構造)、特開2013-80002号公報の段落0023~段落0210に説明されている繰り返し単位(R)などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。ちなみに、酸発生剤に対応する構造が、前記樹脂(A)に担持されている態様であっても、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、追加的に、前記樹脂(A)に担持されていない酸発生剤を含んでもよい。
 態様(B´)として、以下のような繰り返し単位が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
In addition, depending on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, there is also an embodiment (B ′) in which a structure corresponding to the acid generator is supported on the resin (A). Specifically, as such an embodiment, a structure described in JP2011-248019A (particularly, a structure described in paragraphs 0164 to 0191, a structure included in the resin described in the example in paragraph 0555). And the repeating unit (R) described in paragraphs 0023 to 0210 of JP2013-80002A, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Incidentally, even if the structure corresponding to the acid generator is supported by the resin (A), the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is additionally added to the resin (A). An unsupported acid generator may be included.
Examples of the embodiment (B ′) include the following repeating units, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 [3]溶剤
 樹脂組成物(1)は、通常、溶剤を含有する。
 樹脂組成物(1)を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有しても良いモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
 これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0441]~[0455]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
[3] Solvent The resin composition (1) usually contains a solvent.
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the resin composition (1) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, and cyclic lactones (preferably Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms and optionally having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
 本発明においては、複数種の有機溶剤を混合して用いてもよい。
たとえば、有機溶剤として構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル、アルコール系溶剤等が好ましく、具体的には、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC、別名4-メチル-2-ペンタノール)、2-エチルブタノールが好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有しても良いモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。
 また、構造中に水酸基を含有しない有機溶剤同士の併用などももちろん可能である。この組み合わせとしては、PGMEAとシクロヘキサノン、PGMEAとシクロペンタノン、PGMEAとγ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEAと2-ヘプタノン、などが挙げられる。
 例えば溶剤を2種用いる場合、その混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。
 なお、γ-ブチロラクトンなどの、比較的高沸点の溶剤を適量用いると、後述する疎水性樹脂(D)の性能がより表面に偏在し、液浸露光に対する性能が向上することが期待できる。
 更に、溶剤は3種以上用いてもよい。これにより微妙なレジスト形状調整、粘度の調整などを行うこともある。組み合わせとしては、PGMEA・PGME・γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA・PGME・シクロヘキサノン、PGMEA・PGME・2-ヘプタノン、PGMEA・シクロヘキサノン・γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA・γ-ブチロラクトン・2-ヘプタノン、等が挙げられる。
 溶剤としては過酸化物の含有量が低減されたものを用いることが好ましく、これによりレジスト組成物の保存安定性が向上する。溶剤中の過酸化物の含有量としては、2.0mmol%以下であることが好ましく、1.0mmol%以下であることがより好ましく、0.5mmol%以下であることが更に好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含有しないことが特に好ましい。
In the present invention, a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed and used.
For example, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent. As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate, an alcohol solvent or the like is preferable. Specifically, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC, also known as 4-methyl-2-pentanol), 2 -Ethylbutanol is preferred. Further, as the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
Of course, organic solvents that do not contain a hydroxyl group in the structure can be used together. Examples of this combination include PGMEA and cyclohexanone, PGMEA and cyclopentanone, PGMEA and γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA and 2-heptanone, and the like.
For example, when two kinds of solvents are used, the mixing ratio (mass) is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
When a suitable amount of a solvent having a relatively high boiling point such as γ-butyrolactone is used, it can be expected that the performance of the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is more unevenly distributed on the surface and the performance for immersion exposure is improved.
Furthermore, you may use 3 or more types of solvents. As a result, fine adjustment of resist shape, adjustment of viscosity, and the like may be performed. Examples of the combinations include PGMEA · PGME · γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA · PGME · cyclohexanone, PGMEA · PGME · 2-heptanone, PGMEA · cyclohexanone · γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA · γ-butyrolactone · 2-heptanone, and the like.
As the solvent, it is preferable to use a solvent having a reduced peroxide content, thereby improving the storage stability of the resist composition. The content of the peroxide in the solvent is preferably 2.0 mmol% or less, more preferably 1.0 mmol% or less, still more preferably 0.5 mmol% or less, and the peroxide. It is particularly preferable that substantially no is contained.
 [4]疎水性樹脂(D)
 樹脂組成物(1)は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(D)」又は単に「樹脂(D)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(D)は、上記樹脂(A)とは異なることが好ましい。
 これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(D)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。
 なお、疎水性樹脂(D)は、樹脂組成物(1)を液浸露光に適用しない場合であっても種々の目的で含んでいてもよい。例えば、樹脂組成物(1)をEUV露光に適用する際は、アウトガス抑制、パターンの形状調整などを期待して疎水性樹脂(D)を用いることも好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくても良い。
[4] Hydrophobic resin (D)
The resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
As a result, the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
The hydrophobic resin (D) may be included for various purposes even when the resin composition (1) is not applied to immersion exposure. For example, when applying the resin composition (1) to EUV exposure, it is also preferable to use the hydrophobic resin (D) in anticipation of outgas suppression and pattern shape adjustment.
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
 疎水性樹脂(D)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)の組成物中の含有量は、樹脂組成物(1)中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the resin composition (1). More preferably, it is 0.1 to 7% by mass.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、樹脂(A)同様、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない樹脂組成物(1)が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 The hydrophobic resin (D), like the resin (A), naturally has few impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably Is more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass and 0.05 to 1% by mass. Thereby, the resin composition (1) which does not change over time, such as a foreign substance in liquid and sensitivity, is obtained. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(D)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。より詳細には、特開2008-292975号公報の0320段落~0329段落付近の記載を参照されたい。
As the hydrophobic resin (D), various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D), The concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass. For more details, refer to the description in the vicinity of paragraphs 0320 to 0329 in JP-A-2008-292975.
 以下に疎水性樹脂(D)の具体例を示す。また、下記表に、各樹脂における繰り返し単位のモル比(各繰り返し単位と左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示す。 Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below. The following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
 [5]塩基性化合物
 樹脂組成物(1)は、塩基性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
[5] Basic compound The resin composition (1) preferably contains a basic compound.
 (1)樹脂組成物(1)は、一形態において、塩基性化合物として、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(以下、「化合物(N)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。
 化合物(N)は、塩基性官能基又はアンモニウム基と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する化合物(N-1)であることが好ましい。すなわち、化合物(N)は、塩基性官能基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する塩基性化合物、又は、アンモニウム基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有するアンモニウム塩化合物であることが好ましい。
 化合物(N)の具体例としては、例えば下記の化合物を挙げることができる。また、下記に挙げる化合物以外にも、化合物(N)として、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2010/0233629号明細書に記載の(A-1)~(A-44)の化合物や、米国特許出願公開第2012/0156617号明細書に記載の(A-1)~(A-23)の化合物も本発明において好ましく使用することができる。
(1) In one form, the resin composition (1) has a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (N)”) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to contain.
The compound (N) is preferably a compound (N-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (N) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation. An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
Specific examples of the compound (N) include the following compounds. In addition to the compounds listed below, examples of the compound (N) include the compounds (A-1) to (A-44) described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US patent applications. The compounds (A-1) to (A-23) described in JP 2012/0156617 A can also be preferably used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 これらの化合物は、特開2006-330098号公報に記載の合成例などに準じて合成することができる。
 化合物(N)の分子量は、500~1000であることが好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)は、化合物(N)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(N)の含有率は、この樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。
These compounds can be synthesized according to the synthesis examples described in JP-A-2006-330098.
The molecular weight of the compound (N) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
The resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N) is based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.1 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
 (2)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、露光から加熱までの経時による性能変化を低減するために、塩基性化合物として、前記化合物(N)とは異なる、塩基性化合物(N’)を含有していてもよい。
 塩基性化合物(N’)としては、好ましくは、下記式(A’)~(E’)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
(2) In another embodiment, the resin composition (1) is a basic compound (N) different from the compound (N) as a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating. ') May be included.
Preferred examples of the basic compound (N ′) include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A ′) to (E ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 一般式(A’)と(E’)において、
 RA200、RA201及びRA202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、RA201とRA202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RA203、RA204、RA205及びRA206は、同一でも異なってもよく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)を表す。
 上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 これら一般式(A’)と(E’)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
 塩基性化合物(N’)の好ましい具体例としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい具体例としては、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができる。
In general formulas (A ′) and (E ′):
RA 200 , RA 201 and RA 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number of 6 to 20), and RA 201 and RA 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. RA 203 , RA 204 , RA 205 and RA 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. A cyanoalkyl group is preferred.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) are more preferably unsubstituted.
Specific examples of the basic compound (N ′) include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable specific examples include an imidazole structure. , Diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, aniline structure or pyridine structure compound, alkylamine derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, aniline derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond Etc.
 イミダゾール構造を有する化合物としては、イミダゾール、2、4、5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール等が挙げられる。ジアザビシクロ構造を有する化合物としては、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン、1、5-ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナ-5-エン、1、8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]ウンデカー7-エン等が挙げられる。オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物としては、トリアリールスルホニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソアルキル基を有するスルホニウムヒドロキシド、具体的にはトリフェニルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、トリス(t-ブチルフェニル)スルホニウムヒドロキシド、ビス(t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソプロピルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド等が挙げられる。オニウムカルボキシレート構造を有する化合物としては、オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物のアニオン部がカルボキシレートになったものであり、例えばアセテート、アダマンタン-1-カルボキシレート、パーフロロアルキルカルボキシレート等が挙げられる。トリアルキルアミン構造を有する化合物としては、トリ(n-ブチル)アミン、トリ(n-オクチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。アニリン構造を有する化合物としては、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体としては、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体としては、N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アニリン等を挙げることができる。
 好ましい塩基性化合物として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。この具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2007/0224539号明細書の[0066]に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and the like. Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4, 0] Undecaker 7-ene and the like. Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) Examples include sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like. Examples of the compound having an onium carboxylate structure are compounds in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate. Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine. Examples of the compound having an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like. Examples of the alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine. Examples of aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Specific examples thereof include, but are not limited to, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in [0066] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0224539. Absent.
 樹脂組成物(1)は、化合物(N’)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(N’)の含有率は、この樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。 The resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N ′), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N ′) is determined based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). The reference is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 (3)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物の1種として、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する含窒素有機化合物(以下、「塩基性化合物(N’’)」ともいう)を含有していてもよい。この化合物の例として、例えば、化合物の具体例を以下に示す。 (3) In another embodiment, the resin composition (1) is a nitrogen-containing organic compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “basic compound (N ″)) as one type of basic compound. May also be included. As an example of this compound, for example, specific examples of the compound are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 上記化合物は、例えば、特開2009-199021号公報に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 また、塩基性化合物(N’’)としては、アミンオキシド構造を有する化合物も用いることもできる。この化合物の具体例としては、トリエチルアミンピリジン N-オキシド、トリブチルアミン N-オキシド、トリエタノールアミン N-オキシド、トリス(メトキシエチル)アミン N-オキシド、トリス(2-(メトキシメトキシ)エチル)アミン=オキシド、2,2’,2”-ニトリロトリエチルプロピオネート N-オキシド、N-2-(2-メトキシエトキシ)メトキシエチルモルホリン N-オキシド、その他特開2008-102383に例示されたアミンオキシド化合物が使用可能である。
The above compound can be synthesized, for example, according to the method described in JP-A-2009-199021.
As the basic compound (N ″), a compound having an amine oxide structure can also be used. Specific examples of this compound include triethylamine pyridine N-oxide, tributylamine N-oxide, triethanolamine N-oxide, tris (methoxyethyl) amine N-oxide, tris (2- (methoxymethoxy) ethyl) amine = oxide. 2,2 ′, 2 ″ -nitrilotriethylpropionate N-oxide, N-2- (2-methoxyethoxy) methoxyethylmorpholine N-oxide, and other amine oxide compounds exemplified in JP-A-2008-102383 are used. Is possible.
 塩基性化合物(N’’)の分子量は、250~2000であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは400~1000である。LWRのさらなる低減及び局所的なパターン寸法の均一性の観点からは、塩基性化合物の分子量は、400以上であることが好ましく、500以上であることがより好ましく、600以上であることが更に好ましい。
 これらの塩基性化合物(N’’)は、前記化合物(N)と併用していてもよいし、単独であるいは2種以上一緒に用いられる。
 本発明における樹脂組成物(1)は塩基性化合物(N’’)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物(N’’)の使用量は、樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
The molecular weight of the basic compound (N ″) is preferably 250 to 2000, and more preferably 400 to 1000. From the viewpoint of further reduction in LWR and uniformity of local pattern dimensions, the molecular weight of the basic compound is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and even more preferably 600 or more. .
These basic compounds (N ″) may be used in combination with the compound (N), or are used alone or in combination of two or more.
The resin composition (1) in the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N ″), but when it is contained, the amount of the basic compound (N ″) used is the resin composition. Based on the solid content of (1), it is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 (4)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物として、下記一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩を含んでもよい。このオニウム塩は、レジスト組成物で通常用いられる光酸発生剤の酸強度との関係で、レジスト系中で、発生酸の拡散を制御することが期待される。 (4) In another form, the resin composition (1) may contain an onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound. This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 一般式(6A)中、
 Raは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
 Xは、オニウムカチオンを表す。
 一般式(6B)中、
 Rbは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のスルホン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
 Xはオニウムカチオンを表す。
In general formula (6A),
Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
In general formula (6B),
Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基は、式中のカルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基に直接結合する原子が炭素原子であることが好ましい。但し、この場合、上述した光酸発生剤から発生する酸よりも相対的に弱い酸とするために、スルホン酸基又はカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換することはない。
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基又は炭素数3~30の複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。
In the organic group represented by Ra and Rb, the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom. However, in this case, in order to make the acid relatively weaker than the acid generated from the above-mentioned photoacid generator, the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
Examples of the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及び複素環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
 一般式(6A)及び(6B)中のXにより表されるオニウムカチオンとしては、スルホニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ジアゾニウムカチオンなどが挙げられ、中でもスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、少なくとも1つのアリール基を有するアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンの例としては、化合物(B)において説明した構造も好ましく挙げることができる。
 一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩の具体的構造を以下に示す。
Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
As the sulfonium cation, for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
As an example of a sulfonium cation and an iodonium cation, the structure demonstrated in the compound (B) can also be mentioned preferably.
A specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 樹脂組成物(1)は、上記オニウム塩を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、上記オニウム塩の含有率は、この樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~10質量%である。 The resin composition (1) may or may not contain the onium salt, but when it is contained, the content of the onium salt is 0 based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.001 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
 (5)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物として、特開2012-189977号公報の式(I)に含まれる化合物、特開2013-6827号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2013-8020号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2012-252124号公報の式(I)で表される化合物などのような、1分子内にオニウム塩構造と酸アニオン構造の両方を有する化合物(以下、ベタイン化合物ともいう)を含有していてもよい。このオニウム塩構造としては、スルホニウム、ヨードニウム、アンモニウム構造が挙げられ、スルホニウムまたはヨードニウム塩構造であることが好ましい。また、酸アニオン構造としては、スルホン酸アニオンまたはカルボン酸アニオンが好ましい。この化合物例としては、例えば以下が挙げられる。 (5) In another form, the resin composition (1) is a compound included in the formula (I) of JP2012-189977A, and the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A as a basic compound. In a molecule such as a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2013-8020A, a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2012-252124A, and the like. A compound having both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure (hereinafter also referred to as a betaine compound) may be contained. Examples of the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable. The acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 樹脂組成物(1)は、上記ベタイン化合物を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、上記ベタイン化合物の含有率は、この樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~10質量%である。 The resin composition (1) may or may not contain the betaine compound, but when it is contained, the content of the betaine compound is 0 based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). 0.001 to 20% by mass is preferable, and 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
 [6]界面活性剤
 樹脂組成物(1)は、更に界面活性剤を含有してもよい。樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子とケイ素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することがより好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源の使用時に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを与えることが可能となる。
[6] Surfactant The resin composition (1) may further contain a surfactant. When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom) It is more preferable to contain any one of these or 2 or more types.
When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, it is possible to provide a resist pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It becomes.
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、例えばフロラードFC430、431、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックシリーズ(DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106、KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)、トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)、GF-300、GF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製)、エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601((株)ジェムコ製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA社製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D((株)ネオス製)等である。またポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)もシリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. For example, Fluorard FC430, 431, 4430 (Sumitomo 3M) ), Megafuck Series (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Troisol S-366 (Troy Chemical ( GF-300, GF-150 (manufactured by Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-top EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351 , EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (Co., Ltd.) Made mucopolysaccharides), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, and the like (manufactured by OMNOVA Inc.), FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D, 222D ((Ltd.) Neos). Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤としては、上記に示すような公知のものの他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)若しくはオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体を用いた界面活性剤を用いることが出来る。フルオロ脂肪族化合物は、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することが出来る。
 上記に該当する界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC(株)製)、C13基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体、C基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体等を挙げることができる。
In addition to the known surfactants described above, surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method). A surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used. The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
As surfactants corresponding to the above, Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), acrylates having C 6 F 13 groups (or methacrylate) and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (copolymer of or methacrylate), and acrylate having a C 3 F 7 group (or methacrylate) (poly (oxyethylene) and) acrylate (or methacrylate) (poly ( And a copolymer with oxypropylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate).
 また、本発明では、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0280]に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。 In the present invention, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は単独で使用してもよいし、また、いくつかの組み合わせで使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
 樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の使用量は、樹脂組成物(1)の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
 一方、界面活性剤の添加量を、樹脂組成物(1)の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、10ppm以下とすることで、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性があがり、それにより、レジスト膜表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性を向上させることが出来る。
When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass based on the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), More preferably, it is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
On the other hand, by making the addition amount of the surfactant 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased. Can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
 [7]その他添加剤(G)
 樹脂組成物(1)は、カルボン酸オニウム塩を含有してもよい。このようなカルボン酸オニウム塩は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0605]~[0606]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
 樹脂組成物(1)がカルボン酸オニウム塩を含有する場合、その含有率は、樹脂組成物(1)の全固形分に対し、一般的には0.1~20質量%、好ましくは0.5~10質量%、更に好ましくは1~7質量%である。
[7] Other additives (G)
The resin composition (1) may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt. Examples of such carboxylic acid onium salts include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0605] to [0606].
When the resin composition (1) contains a carboxylic acid onium salt, the content is generally 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). 5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 7% by mass.
 また、樹脂組成物(1)は、必要に応じていわゆる酸増殖剤を含んでもよい。酸増殖剤は、特に、EUV露光または電子線照射により本発明のパターン形成方法を行う際に使用することが好ましい。酸増殖剤の具体例としては、特に限定されないが、例えば以下が挙げられる。 Moreover, the resin composition (1) may contain a so-called acid proliferating agent as necessary. The acid proliferating agent is particularly preferably used when performing the pattern forming method of the present invention by EUV exposure or electron beam irradiation. Although it does not specifically limit as a specific example of an acid multiplication agent, For example, the following is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 樹脂組成物(1)には、必要に応じて更に染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤及び現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物)等を含有させることができる。 If necessary, the resin composition (1) may further include a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 The following phenol compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group, and the like can be contained.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)(単に「樹脂組成物(2)」ともいう)について説明する。
 樹脂組成物(2)は、樹脂組成物(1)が含有し得る上記各成分を、同様に含有することができ、樹脂組成物(2)の全量に対する各成分の含有量の好ましい範囲も、樹脂組成物(1)において説明したものと同様である。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2)>
Next, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (2)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
The resin composition (2) can similarly contain the above-described components that the resin composition (1) can contain, and the preferred range of the content of each component relative to the total amount of the resin composition (2) is also This is the same as that described in the resin composition (1).
 樹脂組成物(1)および(2)の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~30.0質量%であり、好ましくは、1.5~30.0質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~30.0質量%である。特に、1~200nmの波長の光源(具体的には、後述するArFエキシマレーザーなど)を用いる場合には、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)の固形分濃度は、1.0~12.0質量%であることが好ましく、2.0~9.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 また、200nm超250nm以下の波長の光源(具体的には、後述するKrFエキシマレーザーなど)を用いる場合には、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)の固形分濃度は、6.0~30.0質量%であることが好ましく、9.0~25.0質量%であることがより好ましく、9.0~25.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。固形分濃度を前記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができる。
 固形分濃度とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
The solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is usually 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, preferably 1.5 to 30.0% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 30%. 0.0% by mass. In particular, when a light source having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm (specifically, an ArF excimer laser described later) is used, the solid content concentrations of the resin compositions (1) and (2) are 1.0 to 12. The content is preferably 0% by mass, and more preferably 2.0 to 9.0% by mass.
When a light source having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and not more than 250 nm (specifically, a KrF excimer laser described later) is used, the solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is 6.0 to 30. It is preferably 0.0% by mass, more preferably 9.0 to 25.0% by mass, and still more preferably 9.0 to 25.0% by mass. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate.
The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 樹脂組成物(1)および(2)は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、フィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報のように、循環的な濾過を行ったり、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ったりしてもよい。また、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)に対して脱気処理などを行ってもよい。 Resin compositions (1) and (2) are used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate). The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. Moreover, you may filter resin composition (1) and (2) in multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to resin composition (1) and (2) before and after filter filtration.
 樹脂組成物(1)と樹脂組成物(2)とは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。工程(v)における露光光源と工程(i-2)における露光光源が同じである場合、樹脂組成物(1)と樹脂組成物(2)は同一であることが好ましい。
 なお、両者のインターミックスは、例えば工程(i-3)において第1のパターンを形成した後に、加熱工程(ii)のような熱硬化(加熱)を行う場合には、問題となりにくいと考えられるが、インターミックスの問題を考慮したレジスト設計を行うことを妨げるものではない。
 インターミックス抑制のためには、例えば、樹脂組成物(2)が含有する溶剤として、樹脂組成物(2)の樹脂は溶解するが、樹脂組成物(1)の樹脂は溶解しないような溶剤を選択することが考えられる。このような設計のために、例えば樹脂組成物(2)が含有する溶剤としては、前述の、有機溶剤を含むリンス液として挙げた溶剤が挙げられ、なかでも、アルコール系溶剤またはエーテル系溶剤を好ましく挙げることができる。
The resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) may be the same as or different from each other. When the exposure light source in the step (v) and the exposure light source in the step (i-2) are the same, the resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) are preferably the same.
It should be noted that the intermix between the two is considered to be less likely to cause a problem when the first pattern is formed in step (i-3) and then thermosetting (heating) is performed as in the heating step (ii). However, this does not preclude resist design in consideration of intermix problems.
In order to suppress the intermix, for example, as a solvent contained in the resin composition (2), a solvent that dissolves the resin of the resin composition (2) but does not dissolve the resin of the resin composition (1). It is possible to choose. For such a design, for example, the solvent contained in the resin composition (2) includes the solvents mentioned above as the rinse liquid containing an organic solvent. Preferable examples can be given.
 上述した通り、発明のパターン形成方法において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)、(2)の少なくとも一方はSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する。
 より欠陥低減の効果に優れるという理由から、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)がSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
 また、パターン形状に優れるという理由から、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)の両方がSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことが好ましい。感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)の両方がSi原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)中の樹脂に含まれるSi原子の含有率が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)中の樹脂に含まれるSi原子の含有率より小さいことが好ましい。
As described above, in the pattern formation method of the invention, at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having Si atoms.
It is preferable that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom because it is more excellent in reducing defects.
In addition, because of its excellent pattern shape, both the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contain repeating units having Si atoms. It is preferable that resin is included. When both the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contain a repeating unit having an Si atom, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive property The Si atom content in the resin in the resin composition (1) is preferably smaller than the Si atom content in the resin in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2).
 以下に、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。もっとも、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>
 以下の表4に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤により全固形分で8.0質量%溶解させ、それぞれを0.1μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物PR-1~32を調製した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The components shown in Table 4 below were dissolved by 8.0% by mass in the total solid content with the solvents shown in the same table, and each was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.1 μm, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive. Resin compositions PR-1 to 32 were prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
<樹脂>
 表4における樹脂は、以下の構造式及び表5の通りである。
 なお、樹脂は、以下のように合成した。
(合成例(樹脂A-1の合成))
 窒素気流下シクロヘキサノン60.7gを3つ口フラスコに入れ、これを80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、以下の構造式および表5に示した樹脂A-1の各繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーを左から順に5.23g、20.61g、4.77g、重合開始剤V-601(和光純薬製、0.506g)をシクロヘキサノン112.7gに溶解させた溶液を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に80℃で2時間反応させた。反応液を放冷後メタノール1286g/水143gの混合液に20分かけて滴下し、析出した粉体をろ取、乾燥すると、酸分解性樹脂である下記樹脂A-1(18.6g)が得られた。NMR(核磁気共鳴)法から求めた繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)は5/75/20であった。得られた樹脂A-1の重量平均分子量は標準ポリスチレン換算で20000、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.7であった。
(合成例(樹脂A-2~32の合成))
 樹脂A-1の合成において、用いるモノマーおよびその使用量をそれぞれ変更した以外は、樹脂A-1の合成と同様にして、樹脂A-2~32を合成した。以下、樹脂A-2~32における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に示す。下記構造中、TMS、TES、Et、iBuは、それぞれ、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、エチル基、イソブチル基を表す。
<Resin>
Resins in Table 4 are as shown in the following structural formulas and Table 5.
The resin was synthesized as follows.
(Synthesis Example (Synthesis of Resin A-1))
Under a nitrogen stream, 60.7 g of cyclohexanone was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 80 ° C. While stirring this liquid, the monomers corresponding to the repeating units of the following structural formula and resin A-1 shown in Table 5 were sequentially added from the left in the order of 5.23 g, 20.61 g, 4.77 g, polymerization initiator V- A solution prepared by dissolving 601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, 0.506 g) in 112.7 g of cyclohexanone was added dropwise over 6 hours. After completion of dropping, the reaction was further continued at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution is allowed to cool and then added dropwise over a period of 20 minutes to a mixed solution of 1286 g of methanol / 143 g of water. The precipitated powder is collected by filtration and dried to yield the following resin A-1 (18.6 g), which is an acid-decomposable resin. Obtained. The composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units determined from the NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) method was 5/75/20. The obtained resin A-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 20000 in terms of standard polystyrene and a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 1.7.
(Synthesis Example (Synthesis of Resins A-2 to 32))
Resins A-2 to 32 were synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of Resin A-1, except that in the synthesis of Resin A-1, the monomers used and the amounts used were changed. Hereinafter, the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the repeating units in resins A-2 to A32 are shown below. In the following structures, TMS, TES, Et, and iBu represent a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, an ethyl group, and an isobutyl group, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
 上記表4における酸発生剤は、以下の通りである。 The acid generators in Table 4 above are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
<塩基性化合物>
 表4における塩基性化合物は、以下の通りである。
<Basic compound>
The basic compounds in Table 4 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
<疎水性樹脂>
 表4における添加剤(疎水性樹脂)は、以下の通りである。
<Hydrophobic resin>
The additives (hydrophobic resins) in Table 4 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
<界面活性剤>
 表4における界面活性剤は、以下の通りである。
 W-1:メガファックF176(DIC(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-2:メガファックR08(DIC(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-3:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系)
 W-4:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)
 W-5:KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)
 W-6:PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系)
<Surfactant>
The surfactants in Table 4 are as follows.
W-1: Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC; fluorine and silicon)
W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
W-4: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
W-5: KH-20 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)
W-6: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system)
<溶剤>
 表4における溶剤は、以下の通りである。
 SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2:乳酸エチル
 SL-3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-4:シクロヘキサノン
 SL-5:γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-6:4-メチル-2-ペンタノール
 SL-7:2-エチルブタノール
<Solvent>
The solvents in Table 4 are as follows.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Ethyl lactate SL-3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-4: cyclohexanone SL-5: γ-butyrolactone SL-6: 4-methyl-2-pentanol SL-7: 2-ethylbutanol
<パターン形成方法:実施例1~25及び比較例>
(第1の膜の形成)
 まず、シリコンウエハー上に反射防止膜用のARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、下記表6に示す樹脂組成物(1)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘って第1の加熱(PB1)を行い、膜厚270nmの第1の膜を形成した。なお、実施例25では、以下に示す樹脂(トップコート用樹脂)を2.5質量%、以下に示すポリエチレングリコール化合物を0.5質量%、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール溶剤を7質量%、1-ブタノール溶剤を90質量%含むトップコート組成物を用いて、レジスト膜(第1の膜)上に厚さ100nmのトップコート層を設けた。
<Pattern Forming Method: Examples 1 to 25 and Comparative Example>
(Formation of first film)
First, ARC29SR (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for antireflection film was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. A resin composition (1) shown in Table 6 below was applied thereon, and a first heating (PB1) was performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a first film having a thickness of 270 nm. In Example 25, the following resin (topcoat resin) was 2.5% by mass, the polyethylene glycol compound shown below was 0.5% by mass, and 4-methyl-2-pentanol solvent was 7% by mass. A top coat layer having a thickness of 100 nm was formed on the resist film (first film) using a top coat composition containing 90% by mass of 1-butanol solvent.
トップコート用樹脂、及びポリエチレングリコール化合物の構造 Topcoat resin and polyethylene glycol compound structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(第1のネガ型パターン形成)
 第1の膜に、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML社製 PAS5500/1100、NA0.75、Annular、σout/in 0.89/0.65)を用い、第1のマスク(6%ハーフトーンのホールパターン、パターンピッチ:240nm、Critical Dimension:120nm)を通して第1の露光を行った。次に、第2の加熱(PEB1)を110℃で60秒間実施した。次いで、酢酸ブチルを用いて有機溶剤現像を実施し、第1のネガ型パターン(80nmのホールパターン)を得た。これを模式的に表すと、図2の(a)の状態に相当する。
(First negative pattern formation)
An ArF excimer laser scanner (PAS5500 / 1100, manufactured by ASML, NA0.75, Annular, σout / in 0.89 / 0.65) is used for the first film, and the first mask (6% halftone hole pattern) , Pattern pitch: 240 nm, critical dimension: 120 nm). Next, the second heating (PEB1) was performed at 110 ° C. for 60 seconds. Next, organic solvent development was carried out using butyl acetate to obtain a first negative pattern (80 nm hole pattern). This is schematically represented by the state shown in FIG.
(第1のネガ型パターン形成の加熱)
 上記のようにして得られた第1のネガ型パターンを、200℃で60秒間に亘って第3の加熱(Post Bake 1)を行った。これを模式的に表すと、図2の(b)の状態に相当する。
(Heating for forming the first negative pattern)
The first negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to third heating (Post Bake 1) at 200 ° C. for 60 seconds. This is schematically represented by the state shown in FIG.
(第2の膜の形成)
 第1のネガ型パターンを形成した基板上に、下記表6に示す樹脂組成物(2)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘って第4の加熱(PB2)を行い、膜厚270nmの第2の膜を形成した。これを模式的に表すと、図2の(c)の状態に相当する。なお、実施例25では、第1の膜上に設けたものと同様のトップコート層を、第2の膜上にも設けた。
(Formation of second film)
The resin composition (2) shown in Table 6 below is applied on the substrate on which the first negative pattern is formed, and the fourth heating (PB2) is performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds, and the film thickness is 270 nm. A second film was formed. This is schematically represented by the state shown in FIG. In Example 25, the same topcoat layer as that provided on the first film was also provided on the second film.
(第2のネガ型パターン形成)
 第2の膜に、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML社製 PAS5500/1100、NA0.75、Annular、σout/in 0.89/0.65)を用い、第2のマスク(6%ハーフトーンのラインアンドスペースパターン、パターンピッチ:240nm、Critical Dimension:120nm)を介してパターン露光(第2の露光)した。次に、第5の加熱(PEB2)を105℃で60秒間に亘って実施した。次いで、酢酸ブチルを用いて有機溶剤現像を実施し、第2のネガ型パターン(80nmのラインを有するラインアンドスペースパターン)を得た。これを模式的に表すと、図2の(d)の状態に相当する。
 上記のようにして得られた第2のネガ型パターンを、90℃で60秒間に亘って第6の加熱(Post Bake 2)を行った。
(Second negative pattern formation)
An ArF excimer laser scanner (PAS5500 / 1100, NA0.75, Annular, σout / in 0.89 / 0.65, manufactured by ASML) was used for the second film, and the second mask (6% halftone line and Pattern exposure (second exposure) was performed via a space pattern, a pattern pitch: 240 nm, and a critical dimension: 120 nm. Next, the fifth heating (PEB2) was performed at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds. Next, organic solvent development was performed using butyl acetate to obtain a second negative pattern (line and space pattern having a line of 80 nm). This is schematically represented by the state shown in FIG.
The second negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to sixth heating (Post Bake 2) at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds.
〈評価〉
〔パターン形状〕
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所製S-4800)により観察し、上層パターンの形状と下層パターンの形状のそれぞれを「矩形」あるいは「裾引き」で評価した。結果を表6に示した。実用上、パターン形状は「矩形」であることが好ましい。
<Evaluation>
[Pattern shape]
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed with a scanning electron microscope (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and each of the shape of the upper layer pattern and the shape of the lower layer pattern was evaluated by “rectangle” or “tailing”. The results are shown in Table 6. Practically, the pattern shape is preferably “rectangular”.
〔欠陥評価〕
 上述したレジストパターンの形成後に、欠陥評価装置(KLA社製KLA2360)を用いて欠陥の座標データを取得し、欠陥レビュー装置(アプライドマテリアルズ社製SEMVision G3)を用いて、各座標の電子顕微鏡画像を観測することで8インチSiウエハ(直径200mmのSiウエハ)上の現像後の残渣欠陥の個数をカウントした。結果を表6に示した(残渣欠陥)。実用上、高い歩留まりを達成するには、残渣欠陥は、50個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、5個以下であることがさらに好ましい。
(Defect assessment)
After the above-described resist pattern is formed, defect coordinate data is obtained using a defect evaluation apparatus (KLA 2360, manufactured by KLA), and an electron microscope image of each coordinate is used using a defect review apparatus (SEMVision G3, manufactured by Applied Materials). , The number of residual defects after development on an 8-inch Si wafer (Si wafer having a diameter of 200 mm) was counted. The results are shown in Table 6 (residue defects). In practice, in order to achieve a high yield, the number of residual defects is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
 上記表6から明らかなように、Siを含有する樹脂を用いた実施例1~25ではSiを含有しない樹脂を用いた比較例に比べ、残渣欠陥の低減効果が見られた。特にSiを含有する樹脂を第2のパターンの形成に用いた実施例1~20では、顕著な残渣欠陥の低減効果が見られた。なかでも、樹脂組成物(2)としてカゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造を有するSiを含有する樹脂を用いた実施例1~13では、更なる欠陥低減効果が見られた。これは、Siを含有する樹脂、特にシルセスキオキサン構造を有するSiを含有する樹脂は、Siを含有しない樹脂に比べ、有機系現像液への溶解性が高く、残渣を残すことなく、現像が進行するためであると考えられる。
 また、パターン形状においては、Siを含有する樹脂を用いてパターン形成した層の形状が矩形となった。これは、Siを含有する樹脂は、有機系現像液への溶解性が高いため、樹脂の溶解残りによる裾引きなどのパターン形状悪化が抑制できるためであると考えられる。
As can be seen from Table 6 above, Examples 1 to 25 using a resin containing Si showed an effect of reducing residual defects as compared with Comparative Examples using a resin containing no Si. In particular, in Examples 1 to 20 in which a resin containing Si was used for forming the second pattern, a remarkable effect of reducing residual defects was observed. In particular, in Examples 1 to 13 using a resin containing Si having a cage silsesquioxane structure as the resin composition (2), a further effect of reducing defects was observed. This is because a resin containing Si, particularly a resin containing Si having a silsesquioxane structure, has higher solubility in an organic developer than a resin containing no Si, and development without leaving a residue. It is thought that this is because of progress.
Moreover, in the pattern shape, the shape of the layer formed by patterning using the resin containing Si was rectangular. This is presumably because the resin containing Si has high solubility in an organic developer, and therefore it is possible to suppress deterioration of the pattern shape such as tailing due to the resin dissolution residue.
 以上、実施例を説明したが、本発明がこれら実施例のみに限定されるわけではなく、例えば以下のような態様でもパターン形成可能と考えられる。
 例えば、各実施例において、ArFエキシマレーザーによる露光をArFエキシマレーザー液浸露光、あるいは、KrFエキシマレーザー露光に換えた態様、更には、有機溶剤現像をアルカリ現像に換えた態様、が挙げられる。
Although the embodiments have been described above, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. For example, it is considered that a pattern can be formed in the following manner.
For example, in each embodiment, an embodiment in which the exposure with ArF excimer laser is replaced with ArF excimer laser immersion exposure or KrF excimer laser exposure, and further, an embodiment in which organic solvent development is replaced with alkali development.
10:基板
51,52:第1のパターン
60:第2の膜
61:第2のパターン
 
10: Substrate 51, 52: First pattern 60: Second film 61: Second pattern

Claims (19)

  1. (i)基板上に、下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、第1のパターンを形成する工程、
     (i-1)前記基板上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
     (i-2)前記第1の膜を露光する工程
     (i-3)前記露光した第1の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、前記第1のパターンを形成する工程
    (iii)少なくとも前記第1のパターン上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程、
    (v)前記第2の膜を露光する工程、および、
    (vi)前記露光した第2の膜を、現像液を用いて現像し、少なくとも前記第1のパターン上に第2のパターンを形成する工程、
    を有するパターン形成方法であって、
     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)及び(2)の少なくとも一方が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であるパターン形成方法。
    (I) a step of forming the first pattern on the substrate by performing the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) in this order;
    (I-1) a step of forming a first film on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (i-2) a step of exposing the first film i-3) Step of developing the exposed first film using a developer to form the first pattern (iii) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive at least on the first pattern Forming a second film using the resin composition (2);
    (V) exposing the second film; and
    (Vi) developing the exposed second film using a developer to form a second pattern on at least the first pattern;
    A pattern forming method comprising:
    A pattern in which at least one of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin containing a repeating unit having a Si atom. Forming method.
  2.  前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分中を基準として10質量%以上である請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the content of the resin including a repeating unit having an Si atom is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. .
  3.  前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂中のSi原子の含有量が1.0~30質量%である請求項1又は2に記載のパターン形成方法。 3. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the content of Si atoms in the resin containing the repeating unit having Si atoms is 1.0 to 30% by mass.
  4.  前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂が、酸分解性基を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom has an acid-decomposable group.
  5.  前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位が、シルセスキオキサン構造を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 5. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit having a Si atom has a silsesquioxane structure.
  6.  前記シルセスキオキサン構造が、カゴ型シルセスキオキサン構造である、請求項5に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation method according to claim 5, wherein the silsesquioxane structure is a cage-type silsesquioxane structure.
  7.  前記Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂が、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及び、カーボネート構造の少なくともいずれかを有する繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 7. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom contains a repeating unit having at least one of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
  8.  前記工程(i-3)で用いられる現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the developer used in the step (i-3) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
  9.  前記工程(vi)で用いられる現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the developer used in the step (vi) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
  10.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)が、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases. 2. The pattern forming method according to claim 1.
  11.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)が、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases. 2. The pattern forming method according to claim 1.
  12.  前記工程(i)と前記工程(iii)との間に、加熱工程(ii)を更に有する、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising a heating step (ii) between the step (i) and the step (iii).
  13.  前記工程(vi)の後に、加熱工程を更に有する、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, further comprising a heating step after the step (vi).
  14.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having an Si atom.
  15.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)が、Si原子を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) contains a resin containing a repeating unit having a Si atom.
  16.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが異なっている、請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are different from each other. Pattern forming method.
  17.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが同一である、請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) are the same as defined in any one of claims 1 to 15. Pattern forming method.
  18.  請求項1~17のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法により形成されたパターンをマスクとして、前記基板に対してエッチング処理を行う、エッチング方法。 An etching method for performing an etching process on the substrate using a pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 17 as a mask.
  19.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
    An electronic device manufacturing method comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
PCT/JP2016/056082 2015-04-07 2016-02-29 Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device WO2016163174A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017511493A JPWO2016163174A1 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-02-29 PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ETCHING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-078535 2015-04-07
JP2015078535 2015-04-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016163174A1 true WO2016163174A1 (en) 2016-10-13

Family

ID=57073117

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/056082 WO2016163174A1 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-02-29 Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2016163174A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201636735A (en)
WO (1) WO2016163174A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016206449A (en) * 2015-04-23 2016-12-08 株式会社東芝 Patten forming method

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11705351B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-07-18 Elemental Scientific, Inc. Systems for integrated decomposition and scanning of a semiconducting wafer
JP7373307B2 (en) * 2018-06-20 2023-11-02 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011053669A (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-03-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Pattern forming process, chemically amplified positive resist material, and resist-modifying composition
JP2011133679A (en) * 2008-12-25 2011-07-07 Jsr Corp Negative radiation-sensitive composition, cured pattern forming method, and cured pattern
JP2011154214A (en) * 2010-01-27 2011-08-11 Jsr Corp Negative radiation-sensitive composition, cured pattern forming method and cured pattern
JP2014178671A (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-09-25 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming process
JP2014197155A (en) * 2013-03-29 2014-10-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence (el) display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011133679A (en) * 2008-12-25 2011-07-07 Jsr Corp Negative radiation-sensitive composition, cured pattern forming method, and cured pattern
JP2011053669A (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-03-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Pattern forming process, chemically amplified positive resist material, and resist-modifying composition
JP2011154214A (en) * 2010-01-27 2011-08-11 Jsr Corp Negative radiation-sensitive composition, cured pattern forming method and cured pattern
JP2014178671A (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-09-25 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming process
JP2014197155A (en) * 2013-03-29 2014-10-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence (el) display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016206449A (en) * 2015-04-23 2016-12-08 株式会社東芝 Patten forming method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201636735A (en) 2016-10-16
JPWO2016163174A1 (en) 2018-02-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI827629B (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, method for producing electronic device, resin
KR101888887B1 (en) Organic treatment solution for patterning of chemically amplified resist film, and pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method using same
JP6296972B2 (en) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ETCHING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP5728517B2 (en) Method for producing organic processing liquid for patterning chemically amplified resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP6186168B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5707359B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
JP5775754B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6140487B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6126551B2 (en) Pattern peeling method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2015016191A1 (en) Pattern formation method, pattern, and etching method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device using same
WO2015133235A1 (en) Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2014171425A1 (en) Pattern formation method, electronic-device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP2014106299A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP2016075920A (en) Production method of organic process liquid for patterning chemically amplified resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2014071304A (en) Pattern forming method, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016163174A1 (en) Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW201740204A (en) Pattern-forming method, method for producing electronic device
WO2015060151A1 (en) Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6014507B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW201716861A (en) Method for forming pattern and actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16776343

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017511493

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16776343

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1